Sunteți pe pagina 1din 220

KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.

qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page i

BION’S LEGACY
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page ii
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page iii

BION’S LEGACY
Bibliography of Primary
and Secondary Sources
of the Life, Work and Ideas
of Wilfred Ruprecht Bion

Harry Karnac

KARNAC
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page iv

First published in 2008 by


Karnac Books Ltd
118 Finchley Road, London NW3 5HT
Copyright © 2008 by Harry Karnac
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.
British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data
A C.I.P. for this book is available from the British Library
ISBN-13: 978-1-85575-676-2
Typeset by Vikatan Publishing Solutions (p) Ltd., Chennai, India
Printed in Great Britain
www.karnacbooks.com
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page v

CONTENTS

Introduction vii

Preface xi

Part 1: Bion’s own writings


The 24 volumes of Bion’s works,
referred to as WRB1-WRB24 1
Chronological list 5
Alphabetical list 9

Part 2: Secondary Sources


Bion reading list: alphabetical by author 13
–Articles 107
–Books including articles and chapters from books 166
–Reviews 200
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page vi
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page vii

INTRODUCTION

Having spent a considerable portion of my working life dealing


with psychoanalytic literature, I started reading biographies
and autobiographies of major figures in this sphere when I
retired. It must be said that psychoanalysts’ autobiographies
are pretty thin on the ground. The names which stood out most
were Wilfred Bion, Donald Winnicott and Melanie Klein.
It is well known that Bion wrote several volumes which
may be broadly defined as autobiography, whereas we have
to rely on Robert Rodman’s and Brett Kahr’s biographies in
order to learn of Winnicott’s life. There are, of course, many
articles scattered through the literature of personal memories
of him by Harry Guntrip, Margaret Little, Renata Gaddini,
Masud Khan, etc. There are at least two biographies of Klein
and many instances of reference to her life in articles and
parts of books. These will be the subject of a further book to
be researched.
On trying to find what material actually existed, it struck me
that there were vast amounts of material relevant to the lives,
work and ideas of both men in the form of reviews, articles and
books. There did not, however appear to be compilations of

vii
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 207

207

Symington, N. & J. (1996) The Clinical Thinking of


Wilfred Bion
Black, D.M. (1997) Journal of Analytical Psychology,
42: 347-348
Blomfield, O.H.D. Australian Journal of Psychotherapy,
(2000) 19: 96-112
Bramley, W. (1987) Group Analysis, 20: 283-284
Caper, R. (1998) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
79: 417-420
Fransman, T. (1998) Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
24: 331-333
Stokoe, P. (1998) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 12: 180-182
Twemlow, S. (1998) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 46: 1281-1284
Winship, G. (1997) Therapeutic Communities, 16: 242-243
Young, R.M. (2000) Psychodynamic Counselling, 6: 243-250

Young, R.M. (1994) Mental Space


Bion Talamo, Psychoanalytic Books, 7: 541-544
R.P. (1996)
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page viii

viii INTRODUCTION

such work other than limited lists appearing on various web


pages via the Internet.
I mentioned this to Oliver Rathbone of Karnac Books who
suggested that I create such a bibliography of Bion myself. I
was also encouraged to do so by Chris Mawson of the British
Psychoanalytic Society as he would wish to incorporate it in
the new “Collected Works of W.R. Bion” which he is in the
process of editing.
I started work on the project during the summer of 2005,
starting with Bion’s own writings. This was a comparatively
simple task since all the books were in print and so conven-
ient to work from. The secondary sources compilation was
considerably more complicated. Clearly the first source of
research had to be Psychoanalytic Electronic Publishing which
David Tuckett had generously provided me with some years
back. (Thank you David, without P.E.P. I could not have man-
aged this task).
Since Bion’s work branched out into many other areas, it
then became necessary to find additional sources which
needed delving into in order to extract the relevant details.
The most obvious sources were, of course, the main psy-
chotherapy and groupwork journals published both in the
U.K. and the U.S.A. There were also many books which drew
heavily from his writings and these took some finding. The
difficulty is that I have limited mobility and thus was unable
to visit libraries which stocked the material I needed for the
task.
There was however one occasion when I did manage to
get to the British Institute library and with the help of Andrea
Chandler now, alas, no longer the Institute librarian, I suc-
ceeded in acquiring much required data. I particularly recall
the pleasure of scanning early issues of Free Associations and
the Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations.
I have been fortunate in receiving help from James
Grotstein, Michael Eigen, Bob Hinshelwood and Malcolm Pines
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page ix

INTRODUCTION ix

among others. Also for the record I wish to record my thanks


to the librarians and archivists of the Tavistock, the B.A.P., the
S.A.P. and the Group Analytic Society. I would particularly
wish to express my gratitude to Richard Wakeford, Science
Reference Librarian at the British Library—a modest man
with a veritable mine of information who patiently tracked
down and supplied me with references from journals I have
never even heard of. And finally my thanks to Francesca Bion
for her help and encouragement.
In the Spring 2006 issue of American Imago, the editor,
Peter Rudnytsky, paid me the honour of publishing the first
draft of the Bion bibliography plus a substantial portion of
the secondary sources. Simultaneously Karnac Books placed
a fuller version on their website. I am pleased to see that the
British Institute also has the Bion’s own writings section on
its website. I have now substantially revised, corrected and
added some 400+ entries to the secondary sources section.
With considerable renewed interest in Bion’s contribution
to various disciplines beyond the psychoanalytic and psy-
chotherapeutic, I hope that this work will be of use to practi-
tioners, researchers and students. The list of secondary
sources is by no means exhaustive and it is unlikely that it
ever will be due to the constantly growing interest in Bion’s
ideas and contributions to various fields.
Harry Karnac
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page x
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page xi

P R E FAC E

The name “Karnac” has become a venerable institution amongst


analytic readers for decades. Karnac Books are known through-
out the analytic and psychotherapy world for the thoroughness
of their inventory of books.
Harry Karnac, its founder, has now turned his thorough-
ness to the task of constructing a master list of bibliography
for psychoanalytic writers. He has already tackled the works
of Winnicott. Now he has constructed the bibliography of the
complete works of Bion and, which is far more daunting, a
significant list of accessory authors whose works importantly
relate to Bion. The size of the opus constitutes a small book
within itself. After one peruses these lists, one cannot help
being impressed by Karnac’s bibliophilic dedication and the
extent of his labors. He has become a reference librarian
extraordinaire.
Reading down the list of accessory authors is like surfing
the Internet and experiencing the marvel of landing on unex-
pected websites reflecting so many different perspectives of
Bion’s extensive episteme. I even found a surprising entry,
“Where is James Grotstein?”

xi
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page xii

xii P R E FAC E

Why is Karnac’s endeavour so important? I think it is of


utmost importance because Bion’s thinking is so syncretic
that it takes the eyes of many readers to digest him from the
varying angles of their own personalities and their own pri-
vate inner relationships and ways of understanding Bion to
create a broader appreciation and application of his recondite
but awesome, cutting-edge work. The analytic and psy-
chotherapeutic world cannot thank Harry Karnac enough.
James S. Grotstein
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page 1

PA RT 1

Bion’s own writings

The 24 volumes of Bion’s works,


referred to as WRB1-WRB24

WRB1 Experiences in Groups and Other Papers.


London: Tavistock Publications and
New York: Routledge, 1961. (reprinted
Hove: Brunner-Routledge, 2001)
WRB2 Learning from Experience. London:
William Heinemann Medical Books 1962
reprinted in Seven Servants with WRB3,
WRB4 & WRB6. New York: Aronson,
1977. (reprinted London: Karnac, 1984)
WRB3 Elements of Psycho-Analysis. London:
William Heinemann Medical Books
1963 reprinted in Seven Servants with
WRB2, WRB4 & WRB6. New York:
Aronson, 1977. (reprinted London:
Karnac, 1984)
WRB4 Transformations. London: William
Heinemann Medical Books, 1965.
(reprinted in Seven Servants; with

1
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page 2

WRB2, WRB3 & WRB6. New York:


Aronson, 1977; reprinted London:
Karnac, 1984)
WRB5 Second Thoughts: Selected Papers on
Psycho-Analysis. London: William
Heinemann Medical Books, 1967.
(reprinted London: Karnac, 1984)
WRB6 Attention and Interpretation. London:
Tavistock Publications, 1970. (reprinted
in Seven Servants with WRB2, WRB3 &
WRB4. New York: Aronson, 1977;
reprinted London: Karnac, 1984)
WRB7 Bion’s Brazilian Lectures 1—São Paulo
Rio/de Janeiro: Imago Editora, 1973.
(reprinted in Brazilian Lectures (revised
& corrected (Ed.)) with WRB8 in one
volume. London: Karnac, 1990)
WRB8 Bion’s Brazilian Lectures 2—Rio de
Janeiro/São Paulo. Rio de Janeiro: Imago
Editora, 1974. (reprinted in Brazilian
Lectures (revised & corrected (Ed.))
with WRB7 in one volume. London:
Karnac, 1990)
WRB9 A Memoir of the Future Book 1—The Dream.
Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora, 1975.
(reprinted in A Memoir of the Future
(revised & corrected edition) with
WRB10, WRB13 & WRB15 in one
volume. London: Karnac, 1991)
WRB10 A Memoir of the Future Book 2—The Past
Presented. Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora,
1977. (reprinted in A Memoir of the Future
(revised & corrected edition) with
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page 3

WRB9, WRB13 & WRB15 in one


volume. London: Karnac, 1991)
WRB11 Two Papers: The Grid and Cæsura. Rio de
Janeiro: Imago Editora, 1977. (reprinted
(revised and corrected edition) London:
Karnac, 1989)
WRB12 Four Discussions with W.R. Bion
Perthshire: Clunie Press, 1978. (reprinted
in Clinical Seminars and other works with
WRB18 in one volume (edited by
Francesca Bion) London: Karnac, 2000)
WRB13 A Memoir of the Future Book 3 The Dawn
of Oblivion. Rio de Janeiro: Imago
Editora, 1977. (reprinted in A Memoir of
the Future (revised & corrected edition)
with WRB9, WRB10 & WRB15 in one
volume. London: Karnac, 1991)
WRB14 Bion in New York and São Paulo
Perthshire: Clunie Press, 1980
WRB15 A Key to A Memoir of the Future Rio de
Janeiro: Imago Editora, 1977. (reprinted
in A Memoir of the Future (revised &
corrected edition) with WRB9, WRB10
& WRB13 in one volume. London:
Karnac, 1991)
WRB16 The Long Weekend: 1897-1919 (Part of a
Life) (edited by Francesca Bion)
Abingdon: Fleetwood Press, 1982.
(reprinted London: Free Association
Books, 1986; reprinted London: Karnac
Books, 1991)
WRB17 All My Sins Remembered: Another part of a
Life and The Other Side of Genius: Family
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page 4

Letters (edited by Francesca Bion)


Abingdon: Fleetwood Press, 1985.
(reprinted London: Karnac, 1991)
WRB18 Clinical Seminars and Four Papers
Abingdon: Fleetwood Press, 1987.
(reprinted in Clinical Seminars and other
works with WRB12 in one volume.
(edited by Francesca Bion) London:
Karnac, 2000)
WRB19 Cogitations (edited by Francesca Bion)
London: Karnac, 1992. (new extended
edition. London: Karnac, 1994)
WRB20 Taming Wild Thoughts (edited by
Francesca Bion). London: Karnac, 1997
WRB21 War Memoirs 1917-1919 (edited by
Francesca Bion). London: Karnac, 1997
WRB22 Clinical Seminars and other works (edited
by Francesca Bion). London: Karnac,
2000 [single volume edition containing
Four Discussions with W.R. Bion
(WRB12) and Clinical Seminars and Four
Papers (WRB18)]
WRB23 The Italian Seminars (edited by Francesca
Bion and transl. from the Italian by
Philip Slotkin). London: Karnac, 2005
[earlier edition Seminari Italiani: Testo
Completo dei Seminari tenuti da W.R. Bion
a Roma. Edizioni Borla 1985]
WRB24 The Tavistock Seminars (edited by
Francesca Bion). London: Karnac, 2005
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page 5

Chronological list

1940 War of Nerves, The in The Neuroses in


War. (Ed.) Miller & Crichton-Miller
(pp. 180-200). London: Macmillan, 1940
1943 Intra-group tensions in therapy (with
Rickman, J.) Lancet, 2: 678/781-Nov 27 ’43
WRB1: 11-26
1946 Northfield Experiment [The] (with
Bridger, H. and Main, T.). Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 10: 71-76
1946b Leaderless Group Project. Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 10: 77-81
1948a Psychiatry in a time of crisis. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, XXI: 81-89
1948b Experiences in Groups I. Human
Relations, I: 314-320 WRB1: 29-40
1948c Experiences in Groups II. Human
Relations, I: 487-496
WRB1: 41-58
1948d Untitled paper read at the International
Congress on Mental Health, London,
1948. In vol. III, Proceedings of the
International Conference on Medical
Psychotherapy, 106-109. London: H.K.
Lewis & New York: Columbia
University Press, 1948
1949a Experiences in Groups III. Human
Relations, 2: 13-22
WRB1: 59-75
1949b Experiences in Groups IV. Human
Relations, 2: 295-303
WRB1: 77-91
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page 6

1950a Experiences in Groups V. Human


Relations, 3: 3-14
WRB1: 93-114
1950b Experiences in Groups VI. Human
Relations, 3: 395-402
WRB1: 115-126
1950c Imaginary Twin, The read to British
Psychoanalytic Society Nov 1 ’50.
WRB5: 3-22
1951 Experiences in Groups VII. Human
Relations, 4: 221-227
WRB1: 127-137
1952 Group Dynamics: a review. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 235-247 also
in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) New Directions
in Psychoanalysis, 440-477. London:
Tavistock Publications, 1955
WRB1: 141-191
1954 Notes on the Theory of Schizophrenia.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
35: 113-118
WRB5: 23-35
1955 Language and the Schizophrenic in
(Eds.) Klein, M. et al. New Directions in
Psychoanalysis, 200-239. London:
Tavistock Publications, 1955
1956 Development of Schizophrenic
Thought. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 37: 344-346
WRB5: 36-42
1957a Differentiation of the Psychotic from the
non-Psychotic personalities.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page 7

38: 266-275
WRB5: 43-64
1957b On Arrogance. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 39: 144-146
WRB5: 86-92
1958 On Hallucination. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 39: 341-349
WRB5: 65-85
1959 Attacks on Linking. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 40: 308-315
WRB5: 93-109
1961 Melanie Klein—Obituary (with Herbert
Rosenfeld and Hanna Segal). International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 42: 4-8
1962 Psychoanalytic Study of Thinking.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
43: 306-310 (published as A Theory of
Thinking)
WRB5: 110-119
1963 The Grid
WRB20: 6-21
1966(a) Catastrophic Change. Bulletin of the
British Psychoanalytic Society #5
1966(b) Medical Orthodoxy and the Future of
Psycho-analysis. K. Eissler (Ed.) New
York: I.U.P., 1965 (review). International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
47: 575-579
1966(c) Sexual Behavior and the Law (Ed.)
R. Slovenko. Springfield,
Thomas, 1964 (review).
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
47: 579-581
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page 8

1967 Notes on Memory and Desire.


Psychoanalytic Forum 11/3: 271-280.
(reprinted in Melanie Klein Today, vol. 2
Mainly Practice: 17-21 (Ed.). E. Bott
Spillius. London: Routledge, 1988)
1976a Evidence. Bulletin of the British
Psychoanalytic Society 1976
WRB18: 313-320
1976b Interview with A.G. Banet Jr Los
Angeles, 1976. Group and Organisation
Studies, vol. 1 No. 3: 268-285
WRB24: 97-114
1977a Emotional Turbulence in Borderline
Personality Disorders: (Ed.) P. Hartocollis:
3-13. New York I.U.P., 1977
WRB18: 295- 305
1977b Quotation from Freud (on a) in
Borderline Personality Disorders (Ed.)
P. Hartocollis: 511-517
WRB18: 306-311
1977c Seven Servants (with an introduction by
W.R. Bion) containing Elements of
Psycho-Analysis Learning from
Experience, Transformations,
Attention and Interpretation
New York: Aronson
1978 Seminar held in Paris, July 10th 1978
(unpublished in English) published in
French Revue de Psychothérapie
Psychanalytique de
Groupe, 1986
1979 Making the best of a Bad Job. Bulletin of
the British Psychoanalytic Society, 1979
WRB18: 321-331
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page 9

Alphabetical list
1959 Attacks on Linking. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 40: 308-315
WRB5: 93-109
1966 Catastrophic Change. Bulletin
of the British Psychoanalytic
Society #5
1867(b) Commentary [on earlier
papers in this volume, thus
explaining its title]
WRB5: 120-166
1956 Development of Schizophrenic
Thought. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 37: 344-346
WRB5: 36-42
1957a Differentiation of the Psychotic from the
non-Psychotic personalities.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
36: 266-275
WRB5: 43-64
1977b Emotional Turbulence in Borderline
Personality Disorders (Ed.) P. Hartocollis:
3-13 New York I.U.P., 1977
WRB18: 295-305
1976a Evidence. Bulletin of the British
Psychoanalytic Society, 1976
WRB18: 313-320
1948b Experiences in Groups I. Human
Relations, I: 314-320
WRB1: 29-40
1948c Experiences in Groups II. Human
Relations, I: 487-496
WRB1: 41-58
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page 10

10

1949a Experiences in Groups III. Human


Relations, 2: 13-22
WRB1: 59-75
1949b Experiences in Groups IV. Human
Relations, 2: 295-303
WRB1: 77-91
1950a Experiences in Groups V. Human
Relations, 3: 3-14
WRB1: 93-114
1950b Experiences in Groups VI. Human
Relations, 3: 395-402
WRB1: 115-126
1951 Experiences in Groups VII. Human
Relations, 4: 221-227
WRB1: 127-137
1963 Grid, The
WRB20: 6-21
1952 Group Dynamics: a review. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 235-247 also
in New Directions in Psychoanalysis, (Ed.)
Klein, M. et al pp. 440-477. London:
Tavistock Publications, 1955
WRB1: 141-191
1950c Imaginary Twin, The read to Br. PsA
Soc Nov 1 ’50
WRB5: 3-22
1976b Interview with A.G. Banet Jr Los
Angeles, April 1976. Group and
Organisation Studies, vol. 1 No. 3: 268-285
WRB24: 97-114
1943 Intra-group tensions in therapy (with
Rickman, J.) Lancet 2: 678/781-Nov 27 ’43
WRB1: 11-26
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page 11

11

1955 Language and the Schizophrenic in New


Directions in Psychoanalysis, (Ed.)
Klein, M. et al pp. 200-239. London:
Tavistock Publications, 1955
1946b Leaderless Group Project. Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 10: 77-81
1979 Making the best of a Bad Job. Bulletin of
the British Psychoanalytic Society, 1979
WRB18: 321-331
1966(b) Medical Orthodoxy and the Future of
Psycho-analysis. K. Eissler (Ed.) New
York, I.U.P., 1965 (review). International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 47: 575-579
1961 Melanie Klein—Obituary (with Herbert
Rosenfeld and Hanna Segal. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 42: 4-8
1967 Notes on Memory and Desire.
Psychoanalytic Forum 11/3: 271-280.
(reprinted in Melanie Klein Today, vol. 2
Mainly Practice: 17-21 (Ed.) E. Bott
Spillius. London: Routledge, 1988)
1954 Notes on the Theory of Schizophrenia.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
35: 113-118
WRB5: 23-35
1946a Northfield Experiment [The] (with
Bridger, H. and Main, T.). Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 10: 71-76
1957b On Arrogance. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 39: 144-146
WRB5: 86-92
1958 On Hallucination. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 39: 341-349
WRB5: 65-85
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-001.qxp 8/14/08 4:35 PM Page 12

12

1948a Psychiatry in a time of crisis. British


Journal of Medical Psycholgy, XXI: 81-89
1962 Psychoanalytic Study of Thinking.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
43: 306-310 (published as A Theory of
Thinking)
WRB5: 110-119
1977b Quotation from Freud (on a) in
Borderline Personality Disorders (Ed.)
P. Hartocollis: 511-517
WRB18: 306-311
1978 Seminar held in Paris, July 10th 1978
(unpublished in English) published in
French. Revue Psychotherapie
Psychanalytique de Groupe, 1986
1977c Seven Servants (with an introduction by
W.R. Bion) containing Elements of
Psycho-Analysis, Learning from
Experience, Transformations, Attention
and Interpretation. New York: Aronson
1966(c) Sexual Behavior and the Law (Ed.)
R. Slovenko. Springfield, Thomas 1964
(review). International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 47: 579-581
1948d Untitled paper read at the Int. Cong. on
Mental Health, London, 1948. Published
in vol. III. Proceedings of the International
Conference on Medical Psychotherapy,
106-109. London: H.K. Lewis & N.Y.,
Columbia U.P., 1948
1940 War of Nerves, The in The Neuroses
in War (Ed.) Miller & Crichton-Miller
(pp. 180-200). London: Macmillan, 1940
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 13

PA RT 2

Secondary sources

Bion reading list: alphabetical by author

Abel-Hirsch, N. Lust for Life: Pleasure under the Reality


(2004) Principle and Growth in Eros. British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 20: 473-483
Albritton, B.J. Bion’s Theory of Thinking. Dissertation
(1986) Abstracts (International),
47 (5-B): 2212-2213
Alexander, R.P. On Patient’s Sleep during the
(1976) Psychoanalytic Situation. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 12: 277-291
Alexander, R.P. On the Analyst’s Sleep during the
(1981) Analytic Situation. [in Grotstein
1981a: 45-57]
Alexander, R.P. Bion on Groups. Journal of Melanie Klein
(1993) Society and Object Relations, 11: 3-10
Alexander, R.P. On: Experiences in K & K. International
(2005) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 86: 1477-1478
Alexander, R.P. On: ‘Projective Transidentification’.
(2006a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 267-268

13
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 14

14

Alexander, R.P. On Whose Bion? (letter to the editor)


(2006b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1122-1124
Alexandrov, H., Pathological Consequences of Abused
Chichik, R. (2005) Socialism. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 5: 91-110
Alford, C.F. (2006) Psychology and the Natural Law of
Reparation. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press
Alhanati, S., Primitive Mental States, vol. 1. Across the
Kostoulas, K. Lifespan. Northvale, NJ: Aronson
(Eds.) (1997)
Allcorn, S. (2007) The Psychological Nature of Oppression
in an American Workplace. Organisational
and Social Dynamics, 7: 39-47
Allen, P. (2004) Love, the Æsthetic Conflict and the Self.
[in Bishop, B. et al (Eds.): 23-34]
Alvarez, A. (1992) Live Company: Psychoanalytic Therapy
with Autistic, Abused and Borderline
Psychotic Children. London: Routledge
Alvarez, A. (1997) Projective Identification as a
Communication: its Grammar in
Borderline Psychotic Children.
Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 7: 753-768
Alves, D.B. (2000) Considerations on Some of W.R. Bion’s
Ideas. [in Bion Talamo 2000: 27-44]
Amado, G., The Transitional Approach in Action.
Vansina, L. (Eds.) London: Karnac
(2005)
Amrhein, C. (2002) Thinking about Reverie in Bion’s
Theory of the Mind. American Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 62: 299-300
Ancona, L. (1981) The “Field-relationship” between S.
Freud and W.R. Bion. Rivista di
Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 523-545
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 15

15

Anderson, D.K. A Psychoanalytic Analysis of Discourse


(2002) Theory: Understanding the Influence of
Emotions, Regression and Change.
Administrative Theory and Praxis, 24: 3-24
Anderson, M. The Need of the Patient to be
(1992) Emotionally Known: the Search to
Understand a Counter-Transference
Dilemma. British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 8: 247-252
Anderson, R. Clinical Lectures on Klein and Bion.
(Ed.) (1992) London: Routledge
Anderson, R. Introductory Notes on Wilfred Bion.
(1997) British Journal of Psychotherapy, 14: 44-46
Andresen, J.J. Biblical, Job: Changing the Helper’s
(1991) Mind. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
27: 454 480
Andresen, J.J. An Origin of the Inhibition of
(1996) Imagination. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 32: 307-325
Anonymous (1985) Bion an Appreciation. (reproduced from
the Old Stortfodian Newsletter. January
1981) [in Pines 1985: 389-392]
Anzieu, D. (1989) Beckett and Bion. International Review of
Psychoanalysis, 16: 163-169
Anzieu, D. (1993) Beckett: Self-Analysis and Creativity. [in
Barron, J.W. (Ed.) (1993) Self-Analysis:
Critical Inquiries, Personal Visions:
261-276 Hillside, NJ: Analytic Press
Armelius, Group Personality, Task and Group
K. & B.Å. (1985) Culture. [in Pines, 1985: 255-273]
Armstrong, D. Names, Thoughts and Lies; The
(1992) Relevance of Bion’s Later Writings to
the Understanding of Experience in
Groups. Free Associations,
26: 261-282
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 16

16

Armstrong, D. Making Absences Present: the


(1995) Contribution of W.R. Bion to
Understanding Unconscious Social
Phenomena. (available on line at
http:humannature.com/hraj/
Armstrong.html
Armstrong, D. Thinking Aloud: Contributions in
(1998) Three Dialogues. [in Lawrence
1998(b): 91-106]
Armstrong, D. The Recovery of Meaning. [in French, R.,
(1999) Vince, R. (Eds.) (1994): 145-154]
Armstrong, D. The Work Group Revisited: Reflections
(2003) in the Practice of Group Relations.
Free Associations, 53: 1-13
Armstrong, D. Organization in the Mind: Psychoanalysis,
(2005a) Group Relations and Organizational
Consultancy. Occasional
Papers 1989-2003. (Ed.) Robert French.
London: Karnac
Armstrong, D. Entertaining Meaning: on Reading
(2005b) Building on Bion. Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 5: 134-141
Armstrong, I. The Radical Æsthetic. Oxford:
(2000) Blackwell
Ashbach, C., Group Relations: an Object Relations
Schermer, V.L. Perspective. Journal of Melanie Klein
(1983) Society and Object Relations,
2: 79-87
Ashbach, C. & Object Relations, the Self, and the Group:
Schermer, V.L. A Conceptual Paradigm.
(1987a) London: Routledge
Ashbach, C., Interactive and Group Dimensions of
Schermer, V.L. Kleinian Theory: Notes Toward a
(1987b) Paradigm Shift. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 5: 43-68
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 17

17

Asser, J. (2004) Working with the Dynamics of Shame


and Violence. Organisational and Social
Dynamic, 4: 88-106
Athanassiou, C. Construction of a Transitional Space in
(1991) an Infant Twin Girl. International Review
of Psychoanalysis, 18: 53-63
Azarian, Y.M. The Phases of Group Development and
(1994) the Systems-Centred Group.
[in Schermer, V.L., Pines, M. (Eds.)
(1994): 36-85]
Azevedo, A. Substantive Unconscious and Adjective
de (2000) Unconscious: the Contribution of
Wilfred Bion. Journal of Analytical
Psychology, 45: 75-91
Babad, E., Trainer’s Liking, Bion’s Emotional
Amir, L. (1978) Modalities and T-Group Effect. Journal
of Applied Behavioral Science,
14: 511-522
Baglioni, L. (2003) Associations and Reflections.
[in Lawrence 2003c: 252-258]
Bahia, A.B. (1977) New Theories: their Influence and
Effect on Psychoanalytic Technique.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
56: 345-353 (also in Grotstein 1981a:
239-267)
Bail, B.W. (1981) To Practice One’s Art. [in Grotstein
1981a: 59-81]
Bain, A. (1992) The Baric Experiment. Tavistock
Institute of Human Relations Occasional
Paper no. 4
Bain, A. (1998) Social Defences against Organisational
Learning. Human Relations, 51: 413-429
Bain, A. (1999a) On Being Frozen in Time.
[in French, R., Vince, R. (Eds.)
(1999): 127-144]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 18

18

Bain, A. (1999b) On Socio-Analysis. Socio-Analysis, 1: 1-12


Bain, A. & J. (2002) A Note on Primary Spirit.
Socio-Analysis, 4: 98-111
Baker, P. (1997) Beckett and the Mythology of
Psychoanalysis. Oxford and New York:
Oxford University Press
Balbernie, R. (1988) Failing to Connect—Failing to Contain.
British Journal of Psychotherapy,
5: 149-158
Bandera, A. (2005) Transformations in Hysteria
(W.R. Bion). Dissertation Abstracts
(International), 65(12-B): 6635
Banet, A.G. (1976) Interview with W.R. Bion. Group and
Organization Studies, 1: 268-285
Barate, F., Negative Therapeutic Reactions
Ferro, A. (1992) and Microfractures in Analytic
Communication. [in Momigliani, L.N.,
Robutti, A. (Eds.) (1992a): 143-166]
Barrett, P.M. (1987) Bion’s Group Culture in a Discussion
Setting. Dissertation Abstracts
(International), 48(1-B): 254
Baruzzi, A. (1981) Bion on Self-expression. Rivista di
Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 640-661
Basch-Kahre, E. Patterns of Thinking. International
(1985) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 66: 455-470
Bass, A. (1998) Symposium on the British Independents
—Introduction. Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
8: 455-458
Bazalgette., Re-framing Human Experience:
Reed, B. (2005) the Relevance of the Grubb Institute’s
Contribution as a Christian Foundation
to Group Relations in the
post-9/11 World. Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 5: 199-224
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 19

19

Bégoin, J. (2000) Love and Destructivity: from the


Æsthetic Conflict to a Revision of the
Concept of Destructivity in the Psyche.
[in Cohen, Hahn (2000): 119-135]
Belgopal, P.R. Variations in Sensitivity Training.
(1973) Groups Perspectives in Psychiatric
Care, 11: 80-86
Bell, D. (1992) Hysteria—a Contemporary Kleinian
Perspective. British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 9: 169-180
Bell, D. (1995) Knowledge and its Pretenders: Bion’s
Contribution to Knowledge and
Thought. [in Ellwood, J. (Ed.) Psychosis
and Understanding. London: Jessica
Kingsley, 70-82]
Bell, D. (2001) Projective Identification. [in Bronstein,
C, (Ed.) (2001) 125-147]
Bennett, R. (2004) Negativity and Lies in Analytic
Group Therapy: An Inquiry into
Bion’s Ideas of K & K. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
54: 477-489
Berman, A., Matrix and Reverie in Supervision
Berger, N. (2007) Groups. Group Analysis,
40: 236-250
Bernard, H.S. Bion: a Retrospective—review Pines
(1986) (1985) Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
31: 691-692 of Psychoanalysis, 56: 345-353
(also in Grotstein 1981a: 239-267)
Bezoari, M., From a Play between “Parts” to
Ferro, A. (1992) Transformations in the Couple:
Psychoanalysis in the Bi-Personal Field.
[in Momigliani, L.N., Robutti, A. (Eds.)
(1992a): 43-66]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 20

20

Bezoari, M. et al Listening, Interpreting and Psychic


(1994) Change in the Psychoanalytic Dialogue.
International Forum of Psychoanalysis,
3: 35-41
Bezoari, M., The Dream Within a Field Theory:
Ferro, A. (1999) Functional Aggregates and Variations.
Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 17: 333-348
Bianchedi, E.T. de Psychic Change: The ‘Becoming’
(1991) of an Inquiry. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 72: 6-15
Bianchedi, E.T. Lies and Falsities. Journal of Melanie
de (1993) Klein Society and Object Relations,
11: 30-46
Bianchedi, E.T. From Objects to Links: Discovering
de (1997) Relatedness. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 15: 227-233
also read at the XXXIX IPA. Congress.
see Vergopoulo, T. (1996)
Bianchedi, E.T. The Various Faces of Lies.
de et al (2000) [in Bion Talamo 2000: 220-236]
Bianchedi, E.T. The Passionate Psychoanalyst. Issue #3
de (2003) ‘Psychoanalysis down Under’ (on line
journal of the Australian Psychoanalytic
Association)
Bianchedi, E.T. Whose Bion? Who is Bion? International
de (2005) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 86: 1529-1534
Billington, T. (2006) Psychodynamic Theories and the
‘Science of Relationships’ (Bion): a Rich
Resource for Professional Practice in
Children’s Services. Educational and
Child Psychology, 23: 72-79
Billow, R.M. (1998) Entitlement and the Presence of
Absence. Journal of Melanie Klein Society
and Object Relations, 16: 537-554
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 21

21

Billow, R.M. (1999) LHK: The Basis of Emotion in Bion’s


Theory. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
35: 629-646
Billow, R.M. (2000a) Bion’s “Passion”: the Analyst’s Pain.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
36: 411-426
Billow, R.M. (2000b) From Counter-Transference to
“Passion”. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
69: 93-119
Billow, R.M. (2000c) Relational Levels of the “Container-
Contained” in Group Therapy. Group,
24: 243-259
Billow, R.M. (2001) The Class that Would not Read:
Utilizing Bion’s Affect Theory in Group.
International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 51: 309-326
Billow, R.M. (2002) Passion in Group: Thinking about
Loving, Hating and Growing.
International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 52: 355-372
Billow, R.M. (2003a) Relational Group Psychotherapy: From
Basic Assumptions to Passion.
London: Jessica Kingsley
Billow, R.M. (2003b) Pursuing Relational Consciousness:
Thinking and Anti-thinking in Group.
International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 53: 459-477
Billow, R.M. (2003c) Bonding in Group: The Therapist’s
Contribution. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy, 53: 83-110
Billow, R.M. (2004a) Truth and Falsity in Group. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
54: 321-345
Billow, R.M. (2004b) A Falsifying Adolescent. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 73: 1041-1078
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 22

22

Billow, R.M. (2004c) Working Relationally with the Adolescent


in Group. Group Analysis, 37: 187-200
Billow, R.M. (2004d) The Adolescent Play: Averting the
Tragedy of Hamlet. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 40: 253-277
Billow, R.M. (2005) Review: Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003a
& 2003b) International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 55: 613-622
Bion, F. (1978) (Untitled) Read at W.R. Bion Seminar,
Paris, July 1978 Available on BPAS
website www.psychoanalysis.org.uk
Bion, F. (1981) Tribute to Dr Wilfred R. Bion at the
Memorial Meeting. International Review
of Psychoanalysis, 8: 3-5
Bion, F. (1990) Life is Full of Surprises. Tribute to
Wilfred Ruprecht Bion on the 10th
anniversary of his death. Paris 1989.
Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 8: 1-7
Bion, F. (1995) The Days of our Years. Journal of Melanie
Klein Society and Object Relations, 13: 1-30
Bion, F. (2000) Random Reflections on Bion: Past,
Present and Future. [in Bion Talamo
2000: 11-19]
Bion Talamo, P. PS -<-D. Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII:
(1981) 626-639
Bion Talamo, P. Review: Young, R.M. (1994). Mental
(1996) Space. Psychoanalytic Books, 7: 541-544
Bion Talamo, P. Foreword to Bion, W.R. Taming Wild
(1997a) Thoughts: vii-xi
Bion Talamo, P. Sleep as a Way of (Mental) Life.
(1997b) [in Alhanati & Kostoulas New York:
Aronson: 91-104 also in Australian
Journal of Psychotherapy 1999,
18: 10-26]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 23

23

Bion Talamo, P. A Freudian Innovator. British Journal


(1997c) of Psychotherapy, 14: 47-59
Bion Talamo, P. The Clinical Relevance of A Memoir
(1997d) of the Future. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 15: 235-241
also read at the XXXXIX IPA Congress:
see Vergopulo, T. (1996)
Bion Talamo, P. Bion’s Legacy to Groups. (Selected
et al (Eds.) (1998) Contributions from the International
Centennial Conference on the Work of
W.R. Bion. Turin, July 1997.
London: Karnac
Bion Talamo, P. W.R. Bion between Past and Future
et al (Eds.)(2000a) (Selected Contributions from the
International Centennial Conference on
the Work of W.R. Bion. Turin, July 1997
London: Karnac)
Bion Talamo, P. Introduction to Bion Talamo, P. et al
et al (2000b) (2000a): 1-10
Bion Talamo, P. Laying Low and Saying (almost)
(2000c) Nothing. [in Bion Talamo, P., et al
(2000a): 20-26]
Biran, H. (1998) An Attempt to Apply Bion’s alpha-and
beta-elements to Processes in Society at
Large. [in BionTalamo 1998: 95-100]
Biran, H. (2003) ‘Attacks on Linking’ and ‘Alpha
Functions’ as Two Opposite Elements in
the Dynamics of Organizations.
[in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M.
2003b: 164-181]
Bishop, B. et al Elusive Elements in Practice.
(Eds.) (2004) London: Karnac
Black, D.M. (1997) Review: Symington, N. & J. (1996).
Journal of Analytical Psychology,
42: 347-348
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 24

24

Blackwell, D. (1998) Bounded Instability, Group Analysis


and the Matrix: Organizations under
Stress. Group Analysis, 31: 532-546
Blay-Neto, B. (1985) The Influence of Bion’s Ideas on my
Work. [in Pines, M. (1985): 247-254]
Bléandonu, G. Wilfred R. Bion: His Life and Works
(1994) 1897-1979. (trans. C. Papaczkowska)
London: Free Association Books New
York: Guildford Press 1994
Blomfield, O.H.D. Review Bléandonu (1994) and
(2000) Symington, N. & J. (1996b). Australian
Journal of Psychotherapy, 19: 96-112
Bonasia, E. (2000) The Sick Syllogism: the Fear of Dying
and the Sacrifice of Truth.
[in Bion Talamo 2000: 45-55]
Borgogno, F., Searching for Bion: Cogitations, a new
Merciai, S.A. (2000) “Clinical Diary”? [in Bion Talamo
2000: 56-78]
Borgogno, F. (2004) On the Patient’s Becoming an
Individual: the Importance of the
Analyst’s Personal Response to a
Deprived Patient and his Dreams.
Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
14: 475-502
Boris, H.N. (1986) Bion Revisited. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 22: 159-184
Boris, H.N. (1987) Tolerating Nothing. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 23: 351-366
Boris, H.N. (1993) Passions of the Mind: Unheard Melodies—a
Third Principle of Mental Functioning.
New York: New York University Press.
Borriello, J.F. (1976) Leadership in the Therapist-centred
Group-as-a-whole Psychotherapy
Approach. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 26: 149-162
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 25

25

Borriello, J.F. (1990) Group as a Whole. [in Kutash, I.L.,


Wolf, A. (Eds.) (1990): 78-97]
Boyd, R.D. (1991) Personal Transformations in Small Groups:
a Jungian Perspective. London: Routledge
Bradley, C.B. (2005) Psychology and Experience. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press
Bramley, W. (1987) Review: Symington, J. & N. (1986).
Group Analysis, 20: 283-284
Brearley, M. (1994) Captains and Cricket Teams: Therapists
and Groups: Group Analysis
and Sport. Group Analysis,
27: 231-249
Brearley, M. (2002) Psychoanalysis and the Body-Mind
Problem. Ratio, 5: 429-443
Brennan, T. (2004) The Transmission of Affect. Ithaca NY:
Cornell University Press
Bria, P. (1981) Catastrophe and Transformations—
“Geometries” of the Mind in the Bion’s
Transformational Perspective:
Considerations in Terms of Bi-logical
Epistemology. Rivista di Psicoanalisi,
XXVII: 503-522
Bridge, M. (2000) ‘Relating to the Superego’.
O’Shaughnessy, E. 1999 (review).
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 199-209
Bridger, H. (1985) Northfield Revisited. [in Pines 1985:
87-107]
Bridger, H. (1990) The Discovery of the Therapeutic
Community: the Northfield
Experiments. [in The Social Engagement
of Social Science. vol. 1. The Socio-psycho-
logical Perspective. (1990) London: Free
Association Books: 68-87 also in Amado,
Vansina (2005): 15-40]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 26

26

Bridger, H. (2005) The Therapeutic Community: its


Potential for Development and Choice
of Future. [in Amado, Vansina (2005):
71-82]
Britton, R., The Œdipus Complex Today: Clinical
Feldman. M., Implications. London: Karnac
O’Shaughnessy, E.
(1989)
Britton, R. (1992) Keeping Things in Mind.
[in Anderson 1992: 102-113]
Britton, R. (1994a) Review: Grinberg, L. (1992). International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 621-623
Britton, R., Interpretation: Selected Fact or
Steiner, J. (1994b) Overvalued Idea? International Journal
of Psychoanalysis Psychoanalysis,
75: 1069-1078
Britton, R. (1998a) Review: Bion’s Taming Wild Thoughts.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
79: 817-819
Britton, R. (1998b) Belief and Imagination: Explorations in
Psychoanalysis. London & N.Y:
Brunner-Routledge
Britton, R. (2001) Beyond the Depressive Position: Ps (n+1).
[in Bronstein, C. (Ed.) (2001): 63-76]
Britton, R. (2003) Sex, Death and the Superego: Experiences
in Psychoanalysis. London: Karnac
Britton, R. (2004) Subjectivity, Objectivity and Triangular
Space. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 73: 47-61
Bronstein, C. Kleinian Theory: A Contemporary
(Ed.) (2001) Perspective. London: Colin Whurr
Brookes, S. (2002) ‘It Seems to Have to Do with Something
Else—‘ Henry James’s What Maisie Knew
and Bion’s Theory of Thinking.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
83: 419-431
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 27

27

Brown, D.G. (1979) Some Reflections on Bion’s Basic


Assumptions from a Group-Analytic
Point of View. Group Analysis, 12: 69-72
Brown, D.G. (1983) Discussion on paper by Wilson, S.
(1983). Group Analysis, 16: 158
Brown, D.G. (1985) Bion and Foulkes: Basic Assumptions
and Beyond. [in Pines 1985: 192-219]
Brown, D.G., The Psyche and the Social World:
Zinkin, L. (Eds.) Developments in Group-analytic Theory.
(1994) London: Routledge
Brown, D.G. (2003) Pairing Bion and Foulkes: Towards a
Metapsychosociology? [in Lipgar, R.M.
& Pines, M. 2003a: 153-180]
Brown, L.J. (2005) The Cognitive Effect of Trauma:
Reversal of alpha Function and the
Formation of a beta Screen.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 74: 397-420
Brown, S.R. (1989) A Brief Note on Harris’s
Characterization of Interpretation by
the Kleinian School. Journal of Melanie
Klein School and Object Relations, 7: 82-88
Brown, S.R. (2003) Preconception and Realisation: A
Constant Conjunction of Theory and
Measurement. [in Lipgar, R.M. & Pines,
M. 2003b: 285-301]
Brunet, L., A Review of the Concepts of
Casoni, D. (1996) Symbolization and Projection:
Identification to the Patient’s Use of the
Analyst. Canadian Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 4: 109-127
Brunet, L. A Necessary Illusion: Projective
Casoni, D. (2001) Identification and the Containing
Function. Canadian Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 9: 137-163
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 28

28

Brunner, L.D. (2002) Groups and Work in the Past and


Present: a Conversation with Eric
Miller. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 2: 156-171
Burgoyne, B. Drawing the Soul: Schemas and Models
(Ed.) (2000a) in Psychoanalysis. Encyclopædia of
Psychoanalysis. vol. 1. London: Rebus
Press. Reprinted 2003 London: Karnac
Burgoyne, B. Introduction to Burgoyne,
(2000b) B. (Ed.): 34-56
Campart, M. (1998) Donald Meltzer’s Contribution to a
Psychoanalytical Theory of the Teaching
and Learning Process. Journal of Melanie
Klein Trust and Object Relations,
16: 285-314
Campling, P., Therapeutic Communities: Past, Present
Haigh, R. (Eds.) and Future. London:
(1999) Jessica Kingsley
Cano, D.H. (1998) One-ness and Me-ness in the ha-G?
[in Bion Talamo 1998: 83-94]
Caper, R. (1975) Psychological Forces Supporting
Totalitarian Systems. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 11: 161-174
Caper, R. (1995) Review: Bléandonu, G. (1994).
Psychoanalytic Books, 6: 495-504
[reprinted in Alhanati, S. Kostoulas, K.
(1997): 251-260]
Caper, R. (1998) Review: J. & N. Symington. (1996).
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
79: 417-420
Caper, R. (1999) A Mind of One’s Own: A Kleinian View of
Self and Object. London & N.Y:
Routledge
Capozzi, P., The Meaning of Dreams in the
de Masi, F., Psychotic STATE: Theoretical
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 29

29

Slotkin, P. (2001) Considerations and Clinical


Applications. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 82: 933-952
Cardona, F. (2003) The Manager’s Most Precious Skill: the
Capacity to be ‘Psychologically Present’.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
3: 226-235
Carere-Comes, T. On ‘Whose Bion? Who is Bion?
(2006) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 581-582
Carlyle, J., Containing Containers Attention to the
Evans, C. (2005) ‘Interface’ and ‘Outerface’ of Groups in
Institutions. Group Analysis, 28: 396-408
Carnochan, P.G.H. Containers without Lids.
(2006) Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 16: 341-362
Carpelan, H. (1989) Reflections on Bion’s Container
Function and its Pathology. Scandinavian
Psychoanalytic Review, 12: 145-161
Carter, T.N. (1974) Group Psychological Phenomena of a
Political System as Satirized in Animal
Farm: an Application of W.R. Bion.
Human Relations, 27: 525-546
Cartwright, D. The Reversal of Pathological Projective
(1997) Identifications: The Problem of Patient
Receptivity. British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 15: 3-17
Caruso, S. (2002) On the Conjunction of Basic
Assumptions in the Enlarged Group:
A New Hypothesis Added to Bion’s
Group Therapy. International Forum of
Psychoanalysis, 11: 244-254
Carver, D. (1998) Is there a Future in Disillusion? Insight
Psychotherapy in the New Millennium.
Journal of Melanie Klein Trust and Object
Relations, 16: 555-587
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 30

30

Cavell, M. (2000) Knowledge, Consensus and


Uncertainty. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 80: 1215-1226
Cavell, M. (2003) The Social Character of Thinking.
Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 51: 803-825
Charles, M. (1998) On Wondering: Creating Openings into
the Analytic Space. Journal of Melanie
Klein and Object Relations, 16: 367-387
Charles, M. (2001) The Language of the Body.
Psychoanalytic Psychology, 18: 340-364
Charles, M. (2002) Bion’s Grid: A Tool for Transformation.
Journal of the American Academy of
Psychoanalysis and Dynamic Psychiatry,
30: 429-445
Charles, M. (2005) ‘The Importance of Bion’. review of
Lipgar, R.M. & Pines, M. (2003 a & b)
American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
65: 301-313
Chasseguet- An Encounter Between the ‘Wise Baby’
Smirgel, J. (1987) and one of his Grandsons: Ferenczi and
Bion. Free Associations, 10: 57-62
Chessick, R.D. Psychoanalytic Listening—with Special
(1982) Reference to the Views of Langs.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 18: 613-634
Chuster, A., The Clinical Value of the Ideas of
Frankiel, R.V. Wilfred Bion. International Journal
(2002) of Psychoanalysis, 83: 463-467
Civitarese, G. (2005) Fire at the Theatre: Unreality of/in the
Transference and Interpretation.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
86: 1299-1316
Cohen, B.D. (2000) Group Psychotherapy as the Century
Turns: Towards a Philosophy of Care.
Group, 24: 93-103
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 31

31

Cohen, M., Exploring the Work of Donald Meltzer:


Hahn, A. (Eds.) a Festschrift. London: Karnac
(2000)
Colin, J.D. (1984) Bion’s “Containing” and Winnicott’s
“Holding in the Context of the Group
Matrix. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 34: 201-213
Collie, A. (2005) The Dynamics of Large Groupsand
their Effects on Organisational
Functioning. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 5: 1-14
Colman, A.D., Group Relations Reader 1. Jupiter,
Bexton, W.H. FL: A.K. Rice Institute
(Eds.) (1975)
Colman, A.D., Group Relations Reader 2. Jupiter, FL.
Geller, M.H. (Eds.) A.K. Rice Institute
(1985)
Colman, W. (1995) Gesture and Recognition: an Alternative
Model to Projective Identification as a
Basis For Couple Relationships.
[in Ruszczynski, S., Fisher, J.
(1995a): 59-73]
Colombier, J.P. ‘So you Want to Write a Fugue?’
(2003) Wilfred R. Bion with Glenn Gould
[in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M.
(2003b): 253-284]
Coltart, N. (1993) Slouching Towards Bethlehem ... and
Further Psychoanalytic Explorations.
London: Free Association Books
Cooper, A., Borderline Welfare: Feeling and Fear
Lousada, J. (2005) of Feeling in Modern Welfare.
London: Karnac
Cooper, P.C. (1998) Sense and Non-Sense: Phenomenology,
Buddhist and Psychoanalysis. Journal
of Religion and Health, 37: 357-370
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 32

32

Cooper, P.C. (2001) The Gap Between: Being and Knowing


in Zen Buddhism and Psychoanalysis.
American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
61: 341-362
Cooper, P.C. (2002) Between Wonder and Doubt:
Psychoanalysis in the Goal-free Zone.
American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
62: 95-118
Cooper, P.C. (2004) Oscillations: Zen and Psychoanalytic
Versions. Journal of Religion and Health,
44: 233-243
Cooper, V.S. (1992) To Learn or not to Learn: Early
Formulations and the Significance of
Play. Journal of Melanie Klein Trust and
Object Relations, 10: 88-102
Copley, B (1987) Explorations with Families. Journal
of Child Psychotherapy, 13: 93-108
Copley, B. (1993) The World of Adolescence in Literature,
Society and Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy.
London: Free Association Books
Corrao, F., Neri, C. ‘Introduction’ to Monographic Number
(Eds.) (1981a) dedicated to the work of W.R. Bion,
Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 363-383
Corrao, F. (1981b) Bion’s Model of Transformation of
Thought. Rivista di Psicoanalisi,
XXVII: 684-704
Correale, M., Psychoanalytical Approaches to the Study
Di Leone, G. (2002) of Institutions in Italy. [in Hinshelwood,
R.D., Chiesa, M. (2002a): 77-96]
Corti, A. (1981) From Melanie Klein to Wilfred Bion.
Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 384-406
Cortiñas, L.P. Transcending the Cæsura: The Road
de (2003) Toward Insight—from Experiences in
Groups to A Memoir of the Future. [in
Lipgar, R.M. & Pines, M. 2003b: 225-252]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 33

33

Craig, G. (2000) Talking to Himself Being Together.


British Journal of Psychotherapy,
17: 203-232 [see also Robinson,
H.T. (2000a)]
Crawford, E. (2000) Process Thought: A Comparison of
Wilfred Bion and Alfred North
Whitehead. Interchange-Ontario,
31: 159-177
Crociani- What Can’t be Cured ... May be
Windland, L. (2003) Enjoyed: Integrative Dynamics and
Siena’s Palio. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 3: 101-120
Crockatt, P. (1995) Review: Bléandonu, G. (1994)
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 309
Culbert- Between Bion and Jung: a Talk with
Koehn, J. (1997) James Grotstein. San Francisco Jung
Institute Library Journal, 15: 415-432
Culbert-Koehn, J. Where is James Grotstein? Journal
(1998) of Analytical Psychology, 43: 69-75
Culbert-Koehn, J. Classical Jung Meets Klein and Bion.
(2000) Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
10: 443-455
Cytrynbaum, S., Group Relations Reader 3: Group
Noumair, D.A. Dynamics, Organizational Irrationality
(Eds.) (2004) and Social Reality. Jupiter, FL:
A.K. Rice Institute
Dartington, T. In Defence of Inefficiency. Organisational
(2004) and Social Dynamics, 4: 296-310
Da Silva, G. (1990) Borborygmi as Markers of Psychic Work
during the Analytic Session: a
Contribution To Freud’s ‘Experience of
Satisfaction’ and to Bion’s Idea about
the Digestive Model of the Thinking
Apparatus. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 71: 641-659
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 34

34

Da Silva, G. (1997) The Emergence of Thinking: Bion as the


Link between Freud and the
Neurosciences—available on line at
www.sicap.it/americai/papers/silva.
HTM
Davar, E. (2002) Whose History? Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 2: 231-244
Davison, S.C. Bion’s Perspectives on Psychoanalytic
(2002) Matters. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 83: 913-917
De Berker, P.U. Perspective: the Concepts of Bion and
(1971) Klein. Bulletin of the British Association of
Psychotherapy, 8: 46-47
De Board, R. The Psychoanalysis of Organizations:
(1978) a Psychoanalytic Approach to Behaviour in
Group and Organizations. London:
Routledge
Dehing, J. (1994) Containment: an Archetype?—Meaning
of Madness in Jung and Bion. Journal
of Analytical Psychology, 39: 419-461
De Maré, P.B. Major Bion. [in Pines 1985: 108-113]
(1985)
De Masi, F. (1997) Intimidation at the Helm: Superego and
Hallucinations in the Analytic
Treatment of a Psychosis. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 78: 561-575
De Masi, F. (2000) The Unconscious and Psychosis: Some
Considerations of the Psychoanalytic
Theory of Psychosis. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 1-20
De Masi, F. (2003) On the Nature of Intuitive and
Delusional Thought: its Implications in
Clinical Work with Psychotic Patients.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
84: 1149-1170
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 35

35

De Matteos, Pre-conception and Transference.


J.A.G. (1998a) Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Group
Relations, 16: 683-708
De Matteos, An Interview with W.R. Bion. Journal
J.A.G. (1998b) of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 17: 5-21
De Moraes Hostile and Benign Reverie. Journal
Ribeiro, M.M. of Melanie Klein Society and Object
(1999) Relations, 17: 161-80
Diamond, M., Moral Violence in Organizations:
Allcorn, S. (2004) Hierarchic Dominance and the Absence
of Potential Space. Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 4: 22-45
Di Chiara, G. (1981) Psychoanalysis as a Science: the
Contribution of W.R. Bion. Rivista di
Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 459-479
Di Chiari, G. Meeting, Telling and Parting: Three
(1992) Basic Factors in the Psychoanalytic
Situation. [in Momigliani, L.N., Robutti,
A. (Eds.) (1992a): 21-42]
Dicks, H.N. (1969) The State of Psychotherapy in British
Psychiatry. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 125: 1232-1238
Duncan, D. (1981) A Thought on the Nature of
Psychoanalytic. Theory International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 62: 339-349
Durán, C. (1997) An Analysis of Formal and Informal
Fallacies using Bi-Logic. Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 15: 329-341
Durban, J. (2003) On Becoming an Analyst and Becoming
a Healer: Dedication, Choice, Training
and Qualification Processes of Healers in
Cultures around the World. Organisational
and Social Dynamics, 3: 83-100
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 36

36

Eaton, J. (2005) The Obstructive Object. Psychoanalytic


Review, 92: 355-372
Ehrlich, H.S. (2004) Dependency, Autonomy and the Politics
of Survival. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 4: 285-297
Eigen, M. (1981a) The Area of Faith in Winnicott, Lacan
and Bion. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 62: 413-433
[also in Eigen, M. (1993a): 109-130]
Eigen, M. (1981b) Reflections on Eating and Breathing as
Models of Mental Functions. American
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41: 177-180
Eigen, M. (1985a) The Sword of Grace: Flannery
O’Connor, Wilfred Bion and D.W.
Winnicott. Psychoanalytiic Review,
72: 335-346 [also in Eigen, M. (1998a):
211-223
Eigen, M. (1985b) Toward Bion’s Starting Point: Between
Catastrophe and Faith. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 66: 321-330
Eigen, M. (1985c) Discussion of “Recovering Bion’s
Contributions to Group Analysis”.
American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
45: 341-347
Eigen, M. (1991) The Immoral Conscience. The
Psychotherapy Patient, 7: 33-42 [also in
Eigen, M. 1996: 91-100]
Eigen, M. (1992a) Coming Through the Whirlwind.
Wilmette, Ill: Chiron Publications
Eigen, M. (1992b) The Fire that Never Goes Out.
Psychoanalytic Review, 79: 271-287
[also in Eigen, M. (1998a): 45-60]
Eigen, M. (1993a) The Electrified Tightrope. New York:
Aronson (reprinted London:
Karnac, 2004)
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 37

37

Eigen, M. (1993b) The Psychotic Core. New York: Aronson:


reprinted London, Karnac: 2004
Eigen, M. (1995a) On Bion’s No-thing. Journal of Melanie
Klein Society and Object Relations,
13: 31-36 [also in Eigen, M. (1996a):
45-48]
Eigen, M. (1995b) Moral Violence: Space, Time, Causality
—Definition. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 13: 37-45
[also in Eigen, M. (1996a): 49-54]
Eigen, M. (1995c) Two Kinds of No-thing. Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 13: 46-63 [also in Eigen,
M. (1996a): 55-68]
Eigen, M. (1995d) Stories in a Stream. Psychoanalytic
Review 82 [also in Eigen,
M. 1995d: 45-60]
Eigen, M. (1995e) The Destructive Force Within.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 31: 603-616
[reprinted as ‘The Destructive Force’.
in Eigen, M. (1996a): 25-36]
Eigen, M. (1995f) Wilfred R. Bion: Infinite Surfaces,
Explosiveness, Faith. [in Marcus, P.,
Rosenberg, A (Eds.). Psychiatric Versions
of the Human Condition and Clinical
Practice: 183-205. New York: NY
University Press also in Eigen, M.
(1998a): 61-80]
Eigen, M. (1996a) Psychic Deadness. New York: Aronson
(reprinted London: Karnac, 2004)
Eigen, M. (1996b) Reflections [in Stern, E.M., Molino, A.
(1996) Elaborate Selves: Reflections and
Reveries, 104-143 Binghampton, NY:
Haworth Press]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 38

38

Eigen, M. (1997) Musings on “O’’. Journal of Melanie Klein


Society and Object Relations, 15: 213-226
[also in Eigen, M. 1998a: 81-94]
Eigen, M. (1998a) The Psychoanalytic Mystic. London:
Free Association Books
Eigen, M. (1998b) Review: Meltzer, D. (1994). Journal of the
American Psychoanalytic Association,
46: 925-932
Eigen, M. (1998c) Empty and Violent Nourishment.
Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 16: 349-365
Eigen, M. (1998d) Wilfred R. Bion: Infinite Surfaces,
Explosiveness, Faith. [in Marcus, P.,
Rosenberg, A. (Eds.) Psychoanalytic
Versions of the Human Condition:
Philosophies of Life and their Impact on
Practice. (1998): 183-205 New York:
New York University Press]
Eigen, M. (1999) Toxic Nourishment. London: Karnac
Eigen, M. (2001a) Damaged Bonds. London: Karnac
Eigen, M. (2001b) Ecstasy. Middletown, CT: Wesleyan
University Press
Eigen, M. (2002a) Rage. Middletown, CT: Wesleyan
University Press
Eigen, M. (2002b) Mysticism and Psychoanalysis.
Psychoanalytic Review, 88: 455-481
[also in Eigen, M. (2004a): 36-61]
Eigen, M. (2002c) A Basic Rhythm. Psychoanalytic Review,
89: 721-740 [also in Eigen, M. (2004a):
18-35]
Eigen, M. (2002d) Half and Half. fort da 8 [also in Eigen,
M. (2004a): 62-73]
Eigen, M. (2004a) The Sensitive Self. Middletown, CT:
Wesleyan University Press
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 39

39

Eigen, M. (2004b) A Little Psyche Music. Psychoanalytic


Dialogues, 14: 119-130 [also in Eigen, M.
(2004a): 74-84]
Eigen, M. (2005) Emotional Storm. Middleton CT:
Wesleyan University Press
Eisold, K. (1985) Recovering Bion’s Contributions to
Psychoanalysis. American Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 45: 327-340 [also in
Colman, A.D., Geller, M.H. (Eds.)
(1985): 37-48]
Eisold, K. (2004) Group Relations and Organizational
Consultation: Rediscovering our Roots.
[in Cytrynbaum, S., Noumair, D.A.
(2005): 403-412]
Eisold, K. (2005) Using Bion. Psychoanalytic Psychology,
22: 357-369
Elliott, A. (1995) Psychoanalysis and the Seductions of
Post-Modernity: Reflections on
Reflexive Thinking and Scanning in
Self-Identity. Psychoanalysis and
Contemporary Thought,
18: 319-361
Emanuel, R. (2001) A—Void: An Exploration of Defences
against Nothingness. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
82: 1062-1084
Emery, E. (1992) The Envious Eye: Concerning some
Aspects of Envy from Wilfred Bion to
Harold Boris. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 10: 19-29
Emery, E. (2000) Facing “O”: Wilfred Bion, Emmanuel
Levinas and the Face of the Other.
Psychoanalytiic Review, 87: 799-840
Ernst, S. (1999) Response to Hinshelwood, R.D. (1999).
Group Analysis, 32: 489-494
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 40

40

Ervin, T.J. (1999) Catching the Drift: Exploring the


Reverie of the Analysand. Dissertation
Abstracts (International), B60 (4-b): 1850
Esman, H. (1995) Review: Bléandonu, G. (1994).
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 428-429
Etchegoyen, R.H. The Fundamentals of Psychoanalytic
(1991) Technique. (revised edition, 1999)
London: Karnac
Ettin, M.F. (1999) Foundations and Applications of Group
Psychotherapy. London: Jessica Kingsley
Ettin, M.F. (2003) Bion’s Legacy to Median and Large
Groups. [in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M.
(2003b): 29-69]
Ettin, M.F. (2004) A Unified Field Theory of
Group-as-a-whole Function:
Differentiation and Integration of Four
Domains. [in Cytrynbaum, S., Noumair,
D.A. (2005): 23-56]
Faimberg, H. Whom was Bion Addressing?
(2000) “Negative capability” and “Listening to
Listening”. [in Bion Talamo (2000a):
79-90]
Fehr, S.S. (2003) Introduction to Group Therapy: a Practical
Guide. 2nd edtn. Binghampton: NY.
Haworth Press
Feinsilver, D.B. Transitional Relatedness and
(1980) Containment in the Treatment of a
Chronic Schizophrenic Patient.
International Review of Psychoanalysis,
7: 309-318
Feinsilver, D.B. Transitional Relatedness, Containment
(1989) and the Transference Neurosis.
International Review of Psychoanalysis,
16: 433-448
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 41

41

Feldman, M. (1997) Projective Identification: the Analyst’s


Involvement. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 78: 227-241
Ferro, A. (1996) Carla’s Panic Attacks: Insight and
Transformation. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 76: 997-1011
Ferro, A. (2000) Sexuality as a Narrative Genre or
Dialect in the Consulting-Room:
a Radical Vertex. [in Bion Talamo
(2000a): 91-107]
Ferro, A. (2002a) Some Implications of Bion’s Thought:
the Waking Dream and Narrative
Derivatives. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 83: 597-607
Ferro, A. (2002b) Superego Transformations through the
Analyst’s Capacity for Reverie.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 71: 477-501
Ferro, A. (2002c) Narrative Derivatives of Alpha
Elements. International Forum of
Psychoanalysis, 11: 184-187
Ferro, A. (2002d) In the Analyst’s Consulting Room. London
& New York: Routledge
Ferro, A. Review: Green, A. (1999) International
Slotkin, P. (2002e) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 83: 974-981
Ferro, A. (2005a) Seeds of Illness, Seeds of Recovery:
The Genesis of Suffering and the Role of
Psychoanalysis. London & New York:
Brunner-Routledge (especially chapter
6: Evidence: Starting again from Bion.)
Ferro, A. (2005b) Bion: Theoretical and Clinical
Observations. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 86: 1535-1542
Ferro, A. (2005c) Which Reality in the Psychoanalytic
Session? Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
74: 421-442
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 42

42

Ferro, A. (2006a) Clinical Implications of Bion’s Thought.


International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 989-1003
Ferro, A. (2006b) Trauma, Reverie and Field.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 75: 1045-1056
Ferro, A. (2006c) Psychoanalysis as Therapy and
Storytelling. London and Philadelphia:
Routledge
Ferro, A. (2007) Review: Bion’s The Tavistock Seminars
and The Italian Seminars. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
88: 551-555
Fischer, R.E. (1995) Group Psychology and Disorders of the Self.
[in Masterson, J.F., R. Klein (Eds.) (1995)
Disorders of the Self: New Therapeutic
Horizons. New York: Brunner-Mazel:
337-362]
Fisher, J.V. (1995a) Identity and Intimacy in the Couple:
Three Kinds of Identification. [in
Ruszczynski, S., Fisher, J.V. (1995a):
74-104]
Fisher, J.V. (1995b) Donald Meltzer in discussion with
James Fisher. [in Ruszczynski, S., Fisher,
J.V. (1995a): 107-144]
Fisher, J.V. (1999) The Uninvited Guest: Emerging from
Narcissism towards Marriage.
London: Karnac
Fisher, J.V. (2000a) Reading Donald Meltzer: Identification
and Intercourse as Modes of Reading
and Retelling. [in Cohen, Hahn (2000):
188-202]
Fisher, J.V. (2000b) A Father’s Abdication: Lear’s Retreat
from ‘Æsthetic Conflict’. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 963-982
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 43

43

Fisher, J.V. (2006a) The Marriage of the Macbeths. Journal


of the British Association of
Psychotherapists, 44: 19-35
Fisher, J.V. (2006b) The Emotional Experience of K.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1222-1237
Forbes, S. (1977) Bion and the Future of Psychoanalysis.
Samiska, 31: 51-79
Fordham, M. (1985) Explorations into the Self. London:
Academic Press (new (Ed.)
London: Karnac, 2002)
Fordham, M. (1988) The Androgyne: Some Inconclusive
Reflections on Sexual Perversions.
Journal of Analytical Psychology,
33: 217-228
Fordham, M. Freud, Jung, Klein—the Fenceless Field:
(1995) Essays on Psychoanalysis and Analytical
Psychology. (edited Hobdell, R.)
London: Routledge
Fornari, F. (1981) From Freud to Bion. Rivista di
Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 662-683
Fraher, A. (2004) Systems Psychodynamics: the
Formative Years (1895-1967).
Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 4: 191-211
Fraley, K. (2007) Bion’s Model of the Mind.
Psychoanalytic Social Work,
14: 59-76
Frankiel, R.V. The Clinical Value of the Ideas of
(2002) Wilfred Bion. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis,
83: 463-467
Fransman, T. Review: Symington, J. & N. (1996).
(1998) Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
24: 331-333
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 44

44

French, R. (1999a) The Importance of Capacities in


Psychoanalysis and the Language of
Human Development. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 1215-1226
French, R. Group Relations Management and
Vince, R. (Eds.) Organization. Oxford: Oxford
(1999b) University Press
French, R., Learning at the Edges between
Simpson, P. (2003) Knowing and Not-knowing:
‘Translating’ Bion. [in Lipgar, R.M.,
Pines, M. (2003b): 182-203 also in
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
1: 54-77]
Gaddini, E. (1981) Paths through the Creativity of Bion.
Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 384-406
Gaddini, R. (1981) Bion’s “Catastrophic Change” and
Winnicott’s “Breakdown”. Rivista di
Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 610-626
Gale, J. (2007) Xenophon and Management: Lessons in
Management. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 7: 1-19
Gammelgaard, J. Metaphor of Listening. Scandinavian
(1998) Psychoanalytic Review, 21: 151-167
Gardner, F. (1980) Know What I Mean?: an Exploration
into Knowing what is Meant. British
Journal of Psychotherapy: 6: 440-447
Geller, M.H. (2005) The Psychoanalytic Perspective. [in
Wheelan, S.A. (Ed.) Handbook of Group
Research and Practice: 87-106 Thousand
Oaks CA: and London: Sage
Publications]
Geyer, M. (1995) Exploration of the Unknown in a Safe
Enough Environment. Journal
of Analytical Social Work, 2: 15-29
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 45

45

Glass, J.M. (1995) Psychosis and Power: Threats to Democracy


in The Self and the Group. Ithaca, NY:
Cornell University Press
Glouberman, S. Review: Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M.
(2005) (2003 (a) & (b) Canadian Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 13: 131-134
Godbout, C. (2004) Reflections on Bion’s Elements of
Psychoanalysis: Experience, Thought and
Growth. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 85: 1123-1136
Godsil, G. (2005) Journal of Analytical Psychology,
50: 469-481
Godwin, R.W. Wilfred Bion and David Bohm:
(1991) Toward a Quantum Metapsychology.
Psychoanalysis and Contemporary
Thought, 14: 625-654
Godwin, R.W. Psychoanalysis, Chaos and Complexity:
(1994a) the Evolving Mind as a Dissipative
Structure. Journal of Melanie Klein Society
and Objective Relations, 12: 17-39
Godwin, R.W. On the Function of Enemies:
(1994b) the Articulation and Containment of the
Unthought Self. Journal of Psychohistory,
22: 79-102
Godwin, R.W. Contemporary Adaptations to the
(1995) Burden of Mindedness: Articulating on
the Unthought Self Through Political
Discourse. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 13: 65-90
Golberg, R. (2002) A Struggle for Communication with a
Patient in an Intensive N.H.S.
Psychotherapy. Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy, 16: 142-159
Gold, S. (1985) Review: M. Pines (Ed.) (1985). Group
Analysis, 18: 289-290
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 46

46

Gold, S. (1998) Review: Bion’s. Taming Wild Thoughts


Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 16: 619-620
Gold, S. (2004) Swimming with Sharks: The Politics of
Survival in the Large Group.
Socio-Analysis, 6: 1-19
Gold, S. (2006) Are the Basic Assumptions Basic?
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
6: 86-94
Goldberg, J.E. The Role of Unconscious Factors in
(2004) Small Group Leadership. Emergence
Dissertation Abstracts (International 64),
7-B: 3522.
Gooch, J.A. (1993) An Elementary Description of Bion’s
Grid with Clinical Exemplification.
Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 11: 47-56
Gooch, J.A. (1998) Review: Bléandonu, G. (1994).
Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
67: 172-174
Gooch, J.A. (1999) Review: Bion’s Taming Wild Thoughts
Journal of Analytical Psychology,
44: 150-151
Gooch, J.A. (2001) Bion’s Perspective on Psychoanalytic
Technique. Shortened version of paper
given at 42nd IPA Congress, Nice, July
2001 Available on BPAS website
www.psychoanalysis.org.uk
Gooch, J.A. (2002) Review of Sayers, J. (2000). Journal of the
American Psychoanalytic Association,
50: 1033-1034
Goodwin, R.W. Psychoanalysis, Chaos and Community:
(1994) the Evolving Mind as a Dissipative
Structure. Journal of Melanie Klein and
Object Relations, 12: 17-39
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 47

47

Gordon, J. (1994) Bion’s Post-Experiences in Groups.


Thinking on Groups: a Clinical Example
of—K. [in Schermer, V.L., Pines, M.
(Eds.) (1994): 107-127]
Gosling, R.H. On Bion. Tavistock Journal (Diamond
(1980a) Jubilee Issue), 22
Gosling, R.H. Obituary. Wilfred Bion. Group Analysis
(1980b) 13: 4-5
Gosling, R.H. A Study of Very Small Groups.
(1981) [in Grotstein (1981a: 633-645 also in
Colman, A.D., Geller, M.H. (1985):
151-162]
Gosling, R.H. Review: Bion: The Long Weekend.
(1986) Tavistock Gazette, 10: 18-19
Gosso, S. (Ed.) Psychoanalysis and Art: Kleinian
(2004) Perspectives. London: Karnac
Gould, L. (1998) Correspondences Between Bion’s Basic
Assumption Theory and Klein’s
Developmental Positions: an Outline.
Free Associations, 41: 15-30
Gould, L.J., Stapley, The Systems Dynamics of Organizations:
L.F., Stein, M. (Eds.) Integrating the Group Relations Approach,
(2001) Psychoanalytic, and Open Systems
Perspectives. London: Karnac
Gould, L.J., Experiential Learning in Organizations:
Stapley, L.F., Applications of the Tavistock Approach.
Stein, M. (Eds.) London: Karnac
(2004)
Goulston, W. (1985) When the Group is Not Working: how
Knowledge of Bion’s Work Processes
can Aid the Teacher in the Classroom.
College Students Journal, 19: 98-101
Graham, R. (1987) The Concept of Alexithymia in the Light
of the Work of Bion. British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 4: 364-379
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 48

48

Granström, K. Interactional Dynamics Between


(1986) Teen-age Leaders and Followers in the
Classroom. Journal of School Psychology,
24: 335-341
Green, A. (1973) On Negative Capability—a Critical
Review of W.R. Bion: Attention and
Interpretation. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 54: 115-119
Green, A. (1981) Negation and Contradiction.
[in Grotstein (1981a): 317-339]
Green, A. (1992) Review: Bion’s Cogitations. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
73: 585-589
Green, A. (1998) The Primordial Mind and the Work of
the Negative. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 79: 649-665 (also in
Bion Talamo (2000a): 108-128)
Green, A. (1999a) The Work of the Negative. London:
Free Association Books
Green, A. (1999b) Fabric of Affect in the Psychoanalytic
Discourse. London: Routledge
Green, A. (2005) Key Ideas for a Contemporary
Psychoanalysis: Misrecognitions and
Recognitions of the Unconscious.
London: Psychology Press
Greene, J.C. (1967) Thought Disorder. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 48: 525-535
Grinberg, L. et al Bion’s Concepts of Psychosis.
(1974) Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
10: 157:171
Grinberg, L. et al Introduction to the Work of Bion.
(1975) Strathclyde: Clunie Press, reprinted
London: Karnac, 1986 (revised (Ed.).
A New Introduction to the Work of Bion.
N.Y.: Aronson, 1993)
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 49

49

Grinberg, L. Modalities of Object Relationships on


Grinberg, R. the Psychoanalytic Process.
(1981a) Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 17: 290-320
Grinberg, L. (1981b) The ‘Œdipus’ as a Resistance against
the ‘Oedipus’ in the Psychoanalytic
Situation. [in Grotstein
(1981a): 341-355]
Grinberg, L. (1981c) Bion and the Psychoanalytic Vertex of
Group Psychotherapy. [in Wolberg, L.R.,
Aronson, M.L. (1981): 17-27]
Grinberg, L. (1984) Metapsychological and Clinical
Dimensions of the Work of Wilfred
Bion. Journal of Melanie Klein Society and
Object Relations, 2: 58-81
Grinberg, L. (1985) Bion’s Contribution to the
Understanding of the Individual and
the Group. [in Pines (1985): 176-191]
Grinberg, L. (1991) The Goals of Psychoanalysis:
Identification, Identity and Supervision.
London: Karnac
Grinberg, L. (1992) Guilt and Depression. London: Karnac
Grinberg, L. (1996) Panel at XXXIX IPA Congress:
[Panel Chair] “Bion’s Contribution to Psychoanalytic
Theory and Technique”. Panellists: E.T.
Bianchedi; P. Bion Talamo; J. Grotstein;
E. O’Shaughnessy. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 77: 575-577
Grinberg, L. (2000) Introduction to Bion Talamo (Ed.)
(2000a): xix-xxiii
Grosskurth, P. Review: Bion’s The Long Week-end. British
(1988) Journal of Psychotherapy, 4: 185-186
Grotstein, J.S. The Psychoanalytic Concept of
(1977a) Schizophrenia: I The Dilemma.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
58: 403-425
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 50

50

Grotstein, J.S. The Psychoanalytic Concept of


(1977b) Schizophrenia: II Reconciliation.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
58: 427-452
Grotstein, J.S. Inner Space: its Dimensions and its
(1978) Coordinates. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 59: 55-61
Grotstein, J.S. Who is the Dreamer, Who Dreams the
(1979a) Dream and Who is the Dreamer who
Understands it? Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 15: 110-169 [revised
version in Grotstein (1981a): 357-416]
Grotstein, J.S. Comments and Criticisms.
(1979b) [regarding 1979a] Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 15: 484-487
Grotstein, J. (Ed.) Do I Dare Disturb the Universe?:
(1981a) A Memorial to Wilfred R. Bion. Beverley
Hills, CA: Cæsura Press (reprinted with
corrections. London: Karnac, 1983)
Grotstein, J.S. Splitting and Projective Identification.
(1981b) New York: Aronson
Grotstein, J.S. Wilfred R. Bion: the Man, the
(1981c) Psychoanalyst, the Mystic—a
Perspective on his Life and Work.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
17: 501-536 [also in Grotstein
(1981a): 1-36]
Grotstein, J.S. W.R. Bion: a Voyage into the Deep
(1985) and Formless Infinite. [in Reppen, J.
(Ed.) Beyond Freud: 297-314 Hillside, NJ:
Analytic Press (1985)]
Grotstein, J.S. Making the Best of a Bad Deal—on
(1987) Harold Boris’ “Bion Revisited”.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
23: 60-76
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 51

51

Grotstein, J.S. “The Black Hole” as the Basic Psychotic


(1990a) Experience: some Newer Psychoanalytic
and Neuroscience Perspectives on
Psychosis. Journal of the American
Academy of Psychoanalysis, 18: 29-46
Grotstein, J.S. The Importance of Nothingness,
(1990b) Meaningless, Chaos in Psychoanalysis,
Part I. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
26: 257-290
Grotstein, J.S. Nothingness, Meaningless, Chaos and
(1990c) the “Black Hole”, Part II. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 26: 377-407
Grotstein, J.S. Nothingness, Meaningless, Chaos and
(1991) the “Black Hole”, Part III. Self
Regulation and the Background
Presence of Primary Identification.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 27: 1-33
Grotstein, J.S. Understanding the Work of Wilfred R.
(1993a) Bion. (editorial). Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 11: 1-2
Grotstein, J.S. Towards the Concept of the
(1993b) Transcendent Position: Reflections on
some of “The Unborn” in Bion’s
Cogitations. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 11: 57-75
Grotstein, J.S. Projective Identification and Counter-
(1994a) transference: a Brief Commentary on
their Relationship. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 30: 578-592
Grotstein, J.S. Projective Identification, a Reappraisal,
(1994b) Part I. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
30: 708-746
Grotstein, J.S. Projective Identification, a Reappraisal,
(1995a) Part II. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
31: 479-511
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 52

52

Grotstein, J.S. A Reassessment of the Couch in


(1995b) Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
15: 396-405
Grotstein, J.S. ‘Bion’s Transformation in ‘O’, the
(1996) “Thing-in-Itself” and the “Real”:
Toward the Concept of the
“Transcendent Position”. Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 14: 109-142 [also read at
XXXIX IPA. Congress. see Vergopoulo, T.
(1996) and published as “Bion’s
“Transformations in ‘O’ and the
Concept of the ‘Transcendent Position’”.
in Bion Talamo (Ed.) 2000a:
129-144]
Grotstein, J.S. Integrating One-person and Two-person
(1997a) Psychologies: Autochthony and Alterity
in Counterpoint. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 66: 406-430
Grotstein, J.S. Bion: the Pariah of ‘O’. British Journal
(1997b) of Psychotherapy, 14: 77-90
Grotstein, J.S. The Psychoanalytic Fascination with the
(1997c) Concept of the “Primitive”.
[in Alhanati, Kostoulas
(1997): 1-21]
Grotstein, J.S. The Numinous and Immanent Nature
(1998a) of the Psychoanalytic Subject. Journal
of Analytical Psychology,
43: 41-68
Grotstein, J.S. Review: Bion War Memoirs 1917-1919.
(1998b) Journal of Analytical Psychology,
43: 610-613
Grotstein, J.S. Who is the Dreamer who Dreams the
(2000a) Dreams? A Study of Psychic Presences.
Hillside, NJ: Analytic Press
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 53

53

Grotstein, J.S. Notes on Bion’s ‘[Notes on] Memories


(2000b) and Desire’. Journal of the American
Academy of Psychoanalysis and Dynamic
Psychiatry, 28:687-694
Grotstein, J.S. The Significance of Bion’s Concepts of
(2000c) P.S.↔D and Transformations in ‘O’:
a Re-consideration of the Relationship
between the Paranoid-Schizoid and
Depressive Positions—and Beyond. [in
Burgoyne, B. (Ed.) (2000b) London: Rebus
Press: 34-56. rep. 2003 London: Karnac]
Grotstein, J.S. Bion on Free Association. Rivista di
(2001) Psicoanalisi: 365-373 [special issue for
Neri, C. (Ed.) ‘Free Association and
Free-Floating Discourse’]
Grotstein, J.S. Commentary on Maria Charles. (2002)
(2002a) Journal of the American Academy of
Psychoanalysis and Dynamic Psychiatry,
30: 447-450
Grotstein, J.S. One Pilgrim’s Progress toward the
(2002b) Psychoanalytical Citadel. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 22: 90-105
Grotstein, J.S. We are Such Stuff as Dreams are Made
(2002c) on: Annotations on Dreams and
Dreaming in Bion’s Works. [in Neri, C.
Pines, M. Friedman, R. (2002): 110-145]
Grotstein, J.S. Early Bion. [intro. to Lipgar, R.M.,
(2003a) Pines, M. (2003a): 9-28]
Grotstein, J.S. Bion, the Navigator of the Deep and
(2003b) Formless Infinite: Overview. [intro. to
Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003b): 17-26]
Grotstein, J.S. The Seventh Servant: the Implications
(2004a) of a Truth Drive in Bion’s Theory of ‘O’.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 1081-1101
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 54

54

Grotstein, J.S. The Light Militia of the Lower Sky:


(2004b) the Deeper Nature of Dreaming and
Phantasying. Psychoanalytic Dialogue,
14: 99-118
Grotstein, J.S. Projective Transidentification:
(2005a) an Extension of the Concept of
Projective Identification. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 86: 1051-1069
Grotstein, J.S. Notes on the Superego: Phantasies from
(2005b) the Kleinian/Bionian Perspective.
Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 24: 257-270
Grotstein, J.S. Reply to Dr Anderson. (letter to the
(2006a) editor). International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 87: 268-269
Grotstein, J.S. “On: Whose Bion?”. (letter to the editor)
(2006b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 577-579
Grotstein, J.S. Foreword to Casement, A., Tacey, D.
(2006c) (Eds.) The Idea of the Numinous:
Contemporary Jungian and Psychoanalytic
Perspectives. Hove, Routledge: xi-xv
Guntrip, H. (1965) Review: Bion’s Learning from Experience.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
46: 381-385
Gustafson, J.P., Self-Esteem in Group Therapy.
Hartman, J.J. (1978) Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 14: 311-329
Gustafson, J.P., After Basic Assumptions: on Holding
Cooper, L. (1985a) a Specialised Versus a General Theory
of Participant Observation in Small
Groups. [in Pines (1985): 157-175]
Gustafson, J.P., Collaboration in Small Groups: Theory
and Technique for the Study of
Small-Group
Cooper, L. (1985b) Techniques. [in Colman, A.D., Geller,
M.H. (Eds.) (1985): 139-150]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 55

55

Haigh, R., Therapeutic Communities: Past,


Campling, P. (Eds.) Present and Future. London: Jessica
(1994a) Kingsley
Haigh, R. (1994b) The Quintessence of a Therapeutic
Environment. [in Haigh, R., Campling,
P. (1994a): 246-257]
Haigh, R. (1996) The Ghost in the Machine: Group
Analytic Principles in Therapeutic
Environment. [in Gorgas, J. et al (Eds.)
(1996) Contemporary Psychoanalysis in
Europe: 288-302 Göttingen:
Hogrefe and Huber]
Haigh, R. (2000) Staff Sensitivity Groups. Advances in
Psychiatric Treatment,
6: 312-319
Haigh, R. (2004) The Quintessence of an Effective Team:
Some Developmental Dynamics for
Staff Groups. [in Campling, P.,
Farquarharson, G. (Eds.) (2004) From
Toxic Institutions to Therapeutic
Environments, 119-130.
London: Gaskell]
Haigh, R. (2005) Charismatic Ideas: Coming or Going?
Therapeutic Communities,
26: 367-384
Haigh, R. (2006a) Separation from the Treatment Centre:
a Psychodynamic Understanding.
[in Taylor, P., Meux, C., Newrith, C.
(2006)] Personality Disorder and Services
Offending Hospital Treatment Models:
284-286 London: Hodder-Arnold
Haigh, R. (2006b) Group Psychotherapy. [in Stein, S.,
Haigh, R., Stein, J. Essentials of
Psychotherapy. revised Edition (2006)
London: Umfundisi]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 56

56

Halton, A. (1980) T.S. Eliot and W.R. Bion: Some


Thoughts on Two Thinkers. Tavistock
Gazette Diamond Jubilee edition, 25-27
Halton, M. (1988) The Group and the Œdipal Situation.
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 12: 241-258
Halton, M. (1999) Bion, Foulkes and the Œdipal Situation.
[in Oakley, C. (Ed.) What is a Group?
Encyclopædia of Psychoanalysis.
vol. 2. 71-91 London: Rebus Press]
Hamer, N. (1998) Review: Bion’s Taming Wild Thoughts
Therapeutic Communities, 19: 260-263
Hamilton, N.G. Intrapsychic and Interpersonal
(1989) Projective Identification. Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 7: 31-42
Hamilton, N.G. The Containing Function and the
(1990) Analyst’s Projective Identification.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
71: 445-453
Harris, A. (2004) The Relational Unconscious:
Commentary on Papers by Michael
Eigen and James Grotstein.
Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 14: 131-137
Harris, M. (1980) Bion’s Conception of a Psychoanalytic
Attitude. Tavistock Gazette Diamond
Jubilee edition: 21
Harris, M. (1981) The Individual in the Group:
On Learning to Work with the
Psycho-Analytic Method.
[in Grotstein (1981a): 647-660]
Harrison, T., The Northfield Experiments. British
Clarke, D. (1992) Journal of Psychiatry, 160:698-708
Harrison, T. (1999) A Momentous Experiment: Strange
Meetings at Northfield. [in Campling, P.,
Haigh, R. (1999): 19-31]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 57

57

Harrison, T. (2000) Bion, Rickman, Foulkes and the Northfield


Experiments: Advancing on a Different
Front. London: Jessica Kingsley 2000
Hartke, R. (2005) The Basic Traumatic Situation in the
Analytical Relationship. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 86: 276-290
Haugsgjerd, S. Can Psychoanalytic Theory Contribute
(1994) to the Understanding and Treatment of
Schizophrenia? Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica Supplement, 384: 153-156
Hautmann, G. My Debt towards Bion: From
(1981) Psycho-analysis as a Theory to
Psycho-analysis as a Mental Function.
Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 573-592
Hayden, C., Tavistock Primer II. [in Cytrynbaum, S.,
Molenkamp, R. Noumair, D.A. (2004): 135-158]
(2004)
Hedges, L.E. (2002) Review: Bléandonu, B. (1994).
Psychoanalytiic Review, 89: 441-455
Hess, N. (1999) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy for
Chronic Depression. [in Ruszczynski. S.,
Johnson, S. (1999): 117-134]
Higgins, G., The Psychodynamics of an Inter-group
Bridger, H. (1964) Experience. Human Relations,
17: 391-446
Hill, J. (1992) A Brief Personal Memoir of Wilfred
Bion, 9: 70-73, reprinted in British
Journal of Psychotherapy,
21: 323-327.
Hindle, D. (2000) ‘L’Enfant et les Sortilèges’ Revisited.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 1185-1196
Hinshelwood, A Dictionary of Kleinian Thought.
R.D. (1989) London: Free Association Books,
revised edition, 1991
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 58

58

Hinshelwood, Review: Brazilian Lectures: 1973 San


R.D. (1992) Paulo, 1974 Rio de Janeiro/Sao Paulo.
International Review of Psychoanalysis,
19: 123-126
Hinshelwood, R.D. Clinical Klein. (chapters 7 & 8)
(1994) London: Free Association Books
Hinshelwood, R.D. How Foulkesian was Bion?
(1999a) (S.H. Foulkes Annual Lecture) Group
Analysis, 32: 469-488
Hinshelwood, R.D. Psychoanalytic Origins and Today’s
(1999b) Work: the Cassel Heritage. [in
Campling, P., Haigh, R. (1999): 39-49]
Hinshelwood, R.D. Countertransference. International
(1999c) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 797-818
Hinshelwood, R.D., Organisations, Anxieties and Defences:
Chiesa, M. (Eds.) Towards a Psychoanalytic Social
(2002a) Psychology. London and Philadelphia:
Whurr
Hinshelwood, R.D. Introduction to the Span of the British
Chiesa, M. (2002b) Tradition. [in Hinshelwood, R.D.,
Chiesa, M. (2002a): 145-157]
Hinshelwood, R.D. Group Mentality and ‘Having a Mind’.
(2003) [in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003a):
181-197]
Hinshelwood, R.D. Two Early Experimenters with Groups.
(2004) Group Analysis, 37: 323-333
Hoggett, P. (1998) The Internal Establishment.
[in Bion Talamo (1998): 9-24]
Holmes, J. ( 2005) Notes on Mentalizing—Old Hate or
New Wine? British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 22: 179-197
Home, M. et al Philosophical Assumptions in Freud,
(2000) Jung and Bion: Questions of Causality.
Journal of Analytical Psychology,
45: 109-121
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 59

59

Hopper, E. (1985) The Problems of Context in


Group-Analytic Psychotherapy:
a Clinical Illustration and Brief
Theoretical Discussion.
[in Pines, M. (1985): 330-353]
Hopper, E. (1997) The Fourth Basic Assumption.
Free Associations, 30: 49-70
Hopper, E. (2003) Incohesion: Aggregation/Massification.
[in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003a):
198-225]
Hopton, J. (2001) Review: Harrison, T. (2000). Therapeutic
Communities, 22: 255
Horne, M. et al Philosophical Assumptions in Freud,
(2000) Jung and Bion: Questions of Causality.
Journal of Analytical Psychology,
45: 109-121
Horwitz, L. (1985) Projective Identification in Dyads and
Groups. [in Colman, A.D., Geller, M.H.
(Eds.) (1985): 21-36]
Horwitz, L. (1995) Discussion of “Group as a Whole”.
International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 45: 143-148
Hoxter, S. (2000) Experiences of Learning with Donald
Meltzer. [in Cohen, Hahn (2000): 12-26]
Huebner, C.E. et al Containing Violence: A Case Study
(2004) Illustration of Bion’s Container-
Contained Model as Applied to
Mother-Infant Intervention. Clinical
Social Work Journal, 32: 141-157
Hyde, K. (2001) Review: Harrison, T. (2000)
Psychodynamic Counselling, 7: 377-380
Imbasciati, A. Towards a Psychoanalytical Model of
(1989) Cognitive Processes: Representation,
Perception, Memory. International
Review of Psychoanalysis, 16: 223-236
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 60

60

Imbasciati, A. An Explanatory for Psychoanalysis.


(2002) International Forum of Psychoanalysis,
11: 173-183
Isaacs-Elmhirst, S. Bion and Babies. [in Grotstein 1981a:
(1981) 83-91] (also in Annual of Psychoanalysis
(1990), 8: 155-167)
Jackson, M. (2001) Weathering the Storms: Psychotherapy for
Psychosis. London: Karnac
Jacobson, L. (1989) The Group as an Object in the Cultural
Field. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy,
39: 475-497
Jacobus, M. (1999a) The Pain in the Patient’s Knee. Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 17: 223-238
Jacobus, M. (1999b) Psychoanalysis and the Scene of Reading.
Oxford: Oxford University Press
Jacobus, M. (2000) The Unexpected: Bionic Woman at the
Millennium. Women—a Cultural Review,
11: 77-94
Jacobus, M. (2005) The Poetics of Psychoanalysis: in the Wake
of Klein. Oxford: Oxford University
Press
James, D.C. (1981) W.R. Bion’s Contribution to the Field of
Group Therapy: an Appreciation, [in
Wolberg, L.R., Aronson, M.L.
(1981): 28-40]
James, D.C. (1984) Bion’s “Containing” and Winnicott’s
“Holding” in the Context of the
Group Matrix. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy,
34: 201-213
James, D.C. (1994) ‘Holding’ and ‘Containing’ in the
Group and Society. [in Brown, D.G.,
Zinkin, L. (1994): 60-79]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 61

61

James, K., The Elusive “Dream Team”:


Jarrett, M. (2003) CEO or Consultant Fantasy?
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
3: 61-82
James, K., Containment of Anxiety in
Huffington, C. Organisational Change: a Case
(2004) Example of Changing Organisational
Boundaries. Organisational and Social
Dynamic, 4: 212-233
Jaques, E. (1948) Interpretive Group Discussion as a
Method of Facilitating Social Change.
Human Relations, 1: 533-549
Jaques, E. (1981) The Aims of Psycho-Analytic
Treatment. [in Grotstein (1981a):
417-425]
Jaques, E. (1982) Wilfred R. Bion: Reflections on his Life
and Work. American Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 42: 249-252
Jemstedt, A. (2000) Potential Space: the Place of Encounter
Between Inner and Outer Reality.
International Forum of
Psychoanalysis, 9: 124-131
Johnson, S. (1988) Review: Bion’s The Long Weekend
1879-1919. Australian Journal
of Psychotherapy, 7: 135-137
Johnson, S. (1999) Introduction. [in Ruszczynski. S.,
Johnson, S. (1999): 1-8]
Jones, D. (Ed.) Working with Dangerous People:
(2004) the Psychotherapy of Violence.
Abingdon, Radcliffe Medical Press
Jones, E. (2001) Review: Harrison, T. (2000).
Psychological Medicine, 31: 564
Joseph, B. (1981) Toward the Experiencing of
Psychic Pain. [in Grotstein
(1981a): 93-102]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 62

62

Joseph, B. (1999) Appreciation: Parthenope Bion Talamo.


British Journal of Psychotherapy,
15: 368-369
Josephs, L.K. The World of the Concrete:
(1989) a Comparative Approach. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 25: 477-500
Kantor, A. (1998) Review: Bion’s War Memoirs 1917-1919
Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 16: 615-618
Karlsson, G. (2000) The Question of Truth: Claims in
Psychoanalysis. Scandinavian
Psychoanalytic Review, 23: 3-24
Karterud, S. (1988) The Valence Theory of Bion and the
Significance of (DSM III) Diagnoses for
in-patient Group Behavior. Acta
Psychologica Scandinanvica, 78: 462-470
Karterud, S. (1989) A Study of Bion’s Basic Assumption
Groups. Human Relations, 42: 315-335
Keller, J. (1998) An Imperfect Witness: Primary Diadic
Failure in Beckett’s Watt. Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 16: 589-608
Kernberg, O.F. Summary of Two Symposia on Bion.
(1975) Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 35
Kernberg, O.F. The Couch at Sea: Psychoanalytic
(1984) Studies of Group and Organizational
Leadership. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 34: 5-23 [also in Colman,
A.D., Geller, M.H. (Eds.) (1985):
399-412]
Kernberg, O.F., Bion, a Binocular View. International
Ahumada, J.C. Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 991-994
(2000)
Kernberg, O.F. The Couch at Sea. [in Hinshelwood,
(2002) R.D., Chiesa, M. (2002a): 65-75]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 63

63

Khaleelee, O., Beyond the Small Group: Society as an


Miller, E. (1985) Intelligible Field of Study.[in Pines, M.
(1985): 345-385]
Khaleelee, O. (2003) Is the Very Small the Family at Work?
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
3: 250-266
Killick, K. (1993) Working with Psychotic Processes in
Art Therapy. Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy, 7: 25-38
King, P. (2001) A Festschrift. (see Steiner, R., Johns, J.,
2001)
King, P. (2002) Review of Harrison, T. (2000).
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 16: 90-96
King, P. (Compiler/ No Ordinary Psychoanalyst:
(Ed.) (2003) the Exceptional Contributions of John
Rickman. (especially Chapter 12)
London: Karnac
Kirkwood, R. Review: Bléandonu, G. (1994). Journal
(1996) of Analytical Psychology, 41: 454-456
Kirsch, J., Group Process in Jungian Analytic
Spradin, S. (2006) Training and Institute Life. Journal
of Analytic Psychology, 51: 357-380
Kirsner, D. (2000) Unfree Associations: Inside Psychoanalytic
Institutes. London: Process Press
Kjellqvist, E. (1996) The Creative Room. Scandinavian
Psychoanalytic Review, 19: 165-179
Klein, S. (1981) Autistic Phenomena in Autistic Patients.
[in Grotstein (1981a): 103-113]
Knapp, B.L. (1997) Beckett’s That Time : Exile and that
“Double-Headed Monster”. Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 15: 493-511
König, K. (1985) Basic Assumption Groups and Working
Groups Revisited. [in Pines, M. (1985):
151-156]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 64

64

Korbivcher, C.F. The Theory of Transformations and


(2005) Autistic States: Autistic Transformations:
a Proposal. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 86: 1595-1616
Kosseff, J.W. (2001) Wilfred Bion: The Questing Man. Group,
25: 243-251
Kreeger, L. (1986) Review: M. Pines (Ed.) (1985)
International Review of Psychoanalysis,
13: 111-113
Kurth, F. (1981) Using Bion’s Grid as a Laboratory
Instrument: a Demonstration.
[in Grotstein (1981a): 115-137]
Kutash, I.L., The Group Therapist’s Handbook:
Wolf, A. (Eds.) Contemporary Theory and Technique.
(1990) New York: Columbia University Press
Lachkan, J. (2004) The Narcissistic/Borderline Couple: New
Approaches to Marital Therapy.
New York and Hove: Routledge
LaFarge, L. (1989) Emptiness as Defense in Severe
Regressive States. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 37: 965-995
LaFarge, L. (1998) Review: Bion’s Cogitations Journal of the
American Psychoanalytic Association,
43: 610-614
LaFarge, L. (2000) Interpretation and Containment.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 67-84
Lagos, C.M. (2007) The Theory of Thinking and the
Capacity to Mentalize: a Comparison of
Fonagy’s and Bion’s Models. Spanish
Journal of Psychology, 10: 189-198
Lamanno-Adamo, Aspects of a Compliant Container:
V.L.C (2006) Considering Narcissistic Personality
Configurations. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 87: 369-382
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 65

65

Lambert, K. (1963) Review: Bion’s Learning from Experience.


Journal of Analytical Psychology,
8: 192-193
Lambert, K. (1964) Review: Bion’s Elements of
Psychoanalysis. Journal of Analytical
Psychology, 9: 189-191
Landaiche, N.M. Engaged Research: Encouraging a
(2006) Transactional Analysis Training Group
through Bion’s. Concept of Containing.
Transactional Analysis Journal,
35: 147-156
Landau, M. (1993) Reflections about Container and
Contained. Israel Journal
of Psychotherapy,
7: 103-110
Langs, R. (1978) The Listening Process. Northvale, NJ:
Aronson. (revised edition, 1992)
Langs, R. (1978/9) Some Communicative Properties of the
Bipersonal Field. [in International Journal
of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
7: 87-135, New York, Aronson and in
Grotstein (1981a): 441-487]
Lansky, M.R. (1981) Philosophical Issues in Bion’s Thought.
[in Grotstein (1981a): 427-439]
Lansky, M.R. (1998) Bion and the Philosophical Crisis in
Psychoanalysis. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations,
16: 709-731
Lawrence, W.G. Exploring Individual and Organisational
(Ed.) (1979) Boundaries: Tavistock Open Systems
Approach. Chichester: Wiley.
(reprinted London: Karnac, 1993)
Lawrence, W.G. Beyond the Frames. [in Pines, M. (1985):
(1985) 306-329 and in Lawrence
(2000): 120-145]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 66

66

Lawrence, W.G. The Fifth Basic Assumption.


(with Bain, A. Free Associations, 37: 28-55
Gould, L.J.) (1996) [also in Lawrence (2000): 92-119]
Lawrence, W.G., Destructiveness and Creativity in
Armstrong, D. Organizational Life: Experiencing the
(1998a) Psychotic Edge. [in Bion Talamo
(1998): 53-68]
Lawrence, W.G. Social Dreaming@Work.
(Ed.) (1998b) London: Karnac
Lawrence, W.G. Tongued with Fire: Groups in Experience.
(2000) London: Karnac
Lawrence, W.G. Social Dreaming Illuminating Social
(2001) Change. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 2: 78-93
Lawrence, W.G. Review: Harrison (2000). Organisational
(2002) and Social Dynamics,
2: 145-148
Lawrence, W.G. Social Dreaming as Sustained Thinking.
(2003a) Human Relations,
56: 609-624
Lawrence, W.G. Narcissism vs. Social-ism Governing
(2003b) Thinking in Social Systems.
[in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003b):
204-222]
Lawrence, W.G. Experiences in Social Dreaming.
(Ed.) (2003c) London: Karnac
Lawrence, W.G. The Social Dreaming Phenomena.
(2003d) [in Lawrence, W.G. (2003c): 1-14]
Lawrence, W.G. Thinking of the Unconscious, and the
(2005) Infinite, of Society during Dark Times.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
5: 57-72
Lawrence, W.G. Introduction to Social Dreaming:
(2006) Transforming Thinking. London: Karnac
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 67

67

Lazar, R.A. (2004) Bye George!?—America’s George W.


Bush and Austria’s Joerg Halder—two
Examples Of Basic Assumption
Leadership as Opposed to Containment
Leadership in Contemporary Politics.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
4: 247-267
Lecher, J. (2006) The Unconscious as Paradox: Impact on
the Epistemological Stance of the Art
Therapist. Arts in Psychotherapy,
33: 130-134
Leigh, R. (1999) Review: Bion’s War Memoirs: 1917-19.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
80: 410-412
Leite, T.R. (1997) Retaking the First Steps towards
Symbolisation. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 78: 733-753
Lefer, J. (2006) Review: W.R. Bion The Italian Seminars.
Journal of the American Academy of
Psychoanalysis, 34: 735-737
Levine, D.P. (2002) Thinking about Doing: in Learning from
Experience and the Flight from
Thinking. Human Relations, 55: 1251-1268
Levine, D.P. (2003) Hate in Groups and the Struggle for In
Individual Identity. Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 3: 191-206
Levine, H.B. (1999) Review: R. Anderson (Ed.) (1992).
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 62: 651-653
Levine, H.B. (2006) Seeds of Illness, Seeds of Recovery: the
Genesis of Suffering and the Role of
Psychoanalysis. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 54: 670-677
Lewin, V. (2006) The Idealization of the Twin
Relationship. [in Coles, P. (2006) Sibling
Relationships: 175-198 London: Karnac]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 68

68

Lichtenberg, P. Reaching to Another’s Experience—


(1971) review Bion: Attention and Interpretation
Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 16: 735-736
Lichtenberg- The Feminine/Prenatal Weaving in
Ettinger, B. (1997) Matrixial Subjectivity-as-Encounter.
Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
7: 367-405
Likierman, M. Unconscious Experience: Relational
(2006) Perspectives. Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
16: 365-376
Lima, E.V. (2002) Non-Discursive Expressive Elements
and their Role in the Construction of
Meaning in the Psychoanalytic
Situation. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis,
83: 121-135
Lindell, J. (2001) The Visitor. (review of Bléandonu, G.
1994). International Forum of
Psychoanalysis, 10: 77-80
Lipgar, R.M. (1993) Bion’s Work with Groups: Construed
and Misconstrued. [in Cytrynbaum, S.,
Lee, S.A. (Eds.) Transformations in Global
and Organizational Systems: 98-103]
Jupiter, FL: A.K. Rice Institute
Lipgar, R.M. (1994) The Unconscious from a Group-as-
Whole Perspective: A Dream in the
Context of a Training Group. Group
Analysis, 27: 287-299
Lipgar, R.M. (1998) Beyond Bion’s Experience in Groups:
Group Relations Research and
Learning. [in Bion Talamo
(1998): 25-38]
Lipgar, R.M., Building on Bion: Roots—Origins and
Pines, M. (2003a) Context of Bion’s Contribution to Theory
and Practice. London: Jessica Kingsley
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 69

69

Lipgar, R.M., Building on Bion: Branches—


Pines, M. (2003b) Contemporary Developments and
Applications of Bion’s Contribution to
Theory and Practice. London:
Jessica Kingsley
Lipgar, R.M. Re-discovering Bion’s Experiences in
(2003c) Groups: Notes and Commentary on
Theory and Practice. [in Lipgar, R.M.,
Pines, M. (2003a): 29-58]
Lipgar, R.M. Experiences in Large Groups: Bion’s
(2003d) Influence. [in Schneider, S., Pines, M.
(1993): 98-111]
Lipgar, R.M., Integrating Research with Group
Bair, J.P., Relations Conferences: Challenges,
Fichtner, C. (2004) Insights and Implications.
[in Cytrynbaum, S., Noumair, D.P.
(2004): 4117-442]
Lipgar, R.M. (2006) Learning from Bion’s Legacy to Groups.
European Journal of Psychotherapy and
Counselling, 8: 79-91
Little, G. (1993) Bion, Small Groups and the Analysis of
Political Eras. Group Analysis,
26: 307-324
Loewenthal, D. The Leader and the Group: Freud, Bion,
(2006) Europe and the Journal. European Journal
of Psychotherapy and Counselling, 8: 1-2
Lohmer, M., The Consultant Between the Lines of
Ross, L.A. (2006) Fire: the Dynamics of Trust, Mistrust
and Containment in Organisations.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
6: 42-62
Lombardi, R. (2002) Primitive Mental States and the Body: a
Personal View of Orlando B. Ferrari’s
Concrete Original Object. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 83: 363-381
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 70

70

Lombardi, R. (2003) Mental Models and Language Registers


in the Psychoanalysis of Psychosis: an
Overview of a Thirteen-year Analysis.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
84: 843-865
Long, S. (1992a) Working with Potential Space:
Individuals, Groups and Organisations.
Australian Journal of Psychotherapy,
11: 64-78
Long, S. (1992b) A Structural Analysis of Small Groups.
London: Routledge
Long, S. (2002) Organisational Destructivity and the
Perverse State of Mind. Organisational
and Social Dynamics, 2: 179-207
Lopez-Corvo, The Dictionary of the Work of W.R. Bion.
R.E. (2003) London: Karnac. (first published as
Diccionario de la Obra de Wilfred R. Bion.
Madrid: Editorial Biblioteca Nueva, 2002)
Lopez-Corvo, The Forgotten Self: with the Case of
R.E. (2006) Bion’s Theory of Negative Links.
Psychoanalytic Review, 93: 363-377
Lucas, R. (1992) The Psychotic personality; a
Psychoanalytic Theory and its
Application in Clinical Practice.
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 6: 73-79
Lussana, P. (1981) The Change in the Concept of Defence
from M. Klein to Bion. Rivista di
Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 593-609
Lussana, P. (2001) Sincerity at Risk: Psychoanalysis
Applied to the Child and to Art or
Dedicated to Extended Metapsychology.
International Forum of Psychoanalysis,
10: 5-11
Luzuriaga, I. (2000) Thinking Aloud about Technique.
[in Bion Talamo (2000a): 145-154]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 71

71

Lyth, I. Menzies Bion’s Contribution to Thinking about


(1980) Groups. (read at Memorial Service for
Bion) [reprinted in Grotstein 1981a:
661-666 and in Lyth, I. Menzies
(1989b) 19-25]
Lyth, I. Menzies Tribute to Wilfred Bion at the Memorial
(1981) Meeting. International Review of
Psychoanalysis, 8: 8-11
Lyth, I. Menzies Containing Anxiety in Institutions:
(1989a) Selected Essays. London:
Free Association Books.
Lyth, I. Menzies The Dynamics of the Social: Selected
(1989b) Essays. London: Free Association Books.
Lyth, I. Menzies Review: Bion’s War Memoirs 1917-1919
(1998) Psychodynamic Counselling,
4: 533-536
Lyth, O. (1980) Wilfred Ruprecht Bion 1897-1979.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
61: 269-273
McCaig, J.M. (1997) The Use of Infant Observation Training
in the Treatment of a Clinical Neonate.
[in Alhanati, Kostoulas (1997): 53-81]
MacNamara, M., The Action Learning Model of
Weekes, W.H. (1982) Experiential Learning from Developing
Managers. Human Relations,
35: 879-901
Mack, C. (2005) Things Happen: Managing Crisis in the
Living History of the Tavistock
Perspective. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 5: 183-198
Mahon, E. (1999) Yesterday’s Silence: an Irreverent
Invocation of Beckett’s Analysis with
Bion. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytical Association,
47: 1381-1390
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 72

72

Main, T. (1977) The Concept of the Therapeutic


Community: Variations and
Vicissitudes. Group Analysis 10
[also in Pines, M. (1983): 197-217]
Malin, A., (2002) From Ego to Self. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
22: 144-162
Maizels, N. (1993) Review: Bion’s Cogitations Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 11: 83-105
Mancia, M. (1981) Neurobiological Significance of some
Models Proposed by W.R. Bion. Rivista
di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 444-458
Mancia, M. (1996) From Œdipus to Dream. London: Karnac
Mancia, M., Kant’s Philosophy and its Relationship
Longhin,L. (2000) with the Thought of Bion and
Money-Kyrle. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 81: 1197-1211
Mann, D. (1991) Review: Bion’s Brazilian Lectures.
(revised edition, 1990) British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 8: 117-118
Maraton, J. (2003) Time across Cultures, Ages and
Therapies. Group Analysis, 36: 183-191
Maratos, J. (1987) Review: Bion: The Long Week-End
1897-1919. Group Analysis, 20: 281-282
Marcus, D.M. On Knowing what One Knows.
(1997) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 66: 219-241
Marshall, B. (1983) Discussion on paper by Wilson, S.
(1983) Group Analysis, 16: 159-160
Mason, A.A. The Suffocating Super-Ego: Psychotic
(1981a) Break and Claustrophobia.
[in Grotstein (1981a): 139-166]
Mason, A.A. ) Notes on Wilfred Bion. [in Wolberg,
(1981b L.R., Aronson, M.L. (1981): 9-16]
Mason, A.A. (2000) Bion and Binocular Vision. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 983-988
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 73

73

Matte Blanco, I. Reflecting with Bion. Rivista di


(1981) Psicoanalis, XXVII: 480-502
[also in Grotstein (1981a): 489-528]
Mawson, C. (2002) The Sophisticated Analytical Patient
and ‘As-If’ Relating. British Journal
of Psychotherapy,
18: 509-522
Mayers, D. (2000) Bion and Beckett Together. British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 17: 192-202
[see also Robinson, H.T. (2000a)]
Maze, J.R., Psychoanalysis, Epistemology and
Henry, R.M. (1996) Intersubjectivity: Theories of Wilfred
Bion. Theory and Psychology, 6: 401-421
Meissner, W,W, Review: Grotstein (1981a).
(1985) Psychoanalytic Psychology,
2: 279-282
Meltzer, D. (1978a) The Kleinian Development, 3 vols.
Strathclyde: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1978b) The Clinical Significance of Wilfred Bion.
(The Kleinian Development, vol. 3.)
Strathclyde: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1981a) A Note on Bion’s Concept ‘Reversal of
Alpha Function’. [in Grotstein (1981a):
529-535] (also in Meltzer, D.
(1978a): 391-396)
Meltzer, D. (1981b) Tribute to Wilfred Bion at the Memorial
Meeting. International Review of
Psychoanalysis, 8: 11-13
Meltzer, D. (1981c) The Kleinian Expansion of Freud’s
Metapsychology. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis,
62: 177-185
Meltzer, D. (1984) Dream Life: a Re-examination of the
Psychoanalytical Theory and Technique.
Strathclyde: Clunie Press
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 74

74

Meltzer, D. et al Studies in Extended Metapsychology:


(1986) Clinical Applications of Bion’s Ideas.
Strathclyde: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D., Harris, The Apprehension of Beauty: the Role of
M.H. (1988) Æsthetic Conflict in Development, Art and
Violence. Strathclyde: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1992) The Claustrum: an Investigation of
Claustrophobic Phenomena. Strathclyde:
Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1994) Sincerity and Other Works: the Collected
Papers. (Ed.) by A. Hahn. London:
Karnac
Meltzer, D. (1997) The Evolution of Object Relations.
British Journal of Psychotherapy, 14: 60-66
Meltzer, D. (2000) A Review of my Writings.
[in Cohen, Hahn. (2000a): 1-11]
Meltzer, D. (2005) Thought Disorder: A Distinct
Phenomenological Category. British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 21: 417-428
Mendoza, S. (2004) The Emerging Dimension of Knowing
in Psychoanalysis [in Bishop, B. et al
(Eds.) (2004): 35-50]
Mendoza, S. (2007) Review Sandler, P.C. (2005). British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 23: 295-303
Meotti, A. (1981) A Bionian Hypothesis on the origins of
thought. Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII:
425-443
Meotti, A. (2000) A Dreamlike Vision. [in Bion Talamo
(2000a): 155-163]
Miller, D.R. (1965) A New Sticky Road.—review Bion:
Elements of Psychoanalysis. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 10: 398-400
Miller, E. (1998a) Are Basic Assumptions Instinctive?
[in Bion Talamo (1998a): 39-52]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 75

75

Miller, E. (1998b) A Note on the Protomental System and


“Groupishness”: Bion’s Basic
Assumptions Revisited. Human
Relations, 51: 1495-1508
Miller, L. (2002) Adolescents with Learning Difficulties;
Psychic Structures that are not
Conducive to Learning. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 28: 29-39
Miller, P. (1992) The Tavistock Mission—a Review Essay.
Human Relations, 45: 411-426
Mills, J. (2000) Hegel on Projective Identification:
Implications for Klein, Bion and
Beyond. Psychoanalytic Review,
87: 841-874
Mills, J.A., John Rickman, Wilfred Ruprecht Bion
Harrison, T. (2007) and the Origins of the Therapeutic
Community. History of Psychology,
10: 22-43
Mion, C.C. (2006) The Stranger. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 87: 125-143
Mitrani, J.L. (1993) Deficiency and Envy: some Factors
Impacting the Analytic Mind from
Listening to Interpretation. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 689-703
Mitrani, J.L. (1995) Toward an Understanding of
Unmentalized Experience.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 64: 88-112
Mitrani, J.L. (1998) Unbearable Ecstasy, Reverence and
Awe, and the Perpetuation of an
“Æsthetic Conflict”. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 67: 102-127
Mitrani, J.L. (1999) The Case of ‘The Flying Dutchman’ and
the Search for a Containing Object.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
80: 47-69
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 76

76

Mitrani, J.L. (2001a) ‘Taking the Transference’: Some


Technical Implications in Three Papers
by Bion. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 82: 1085-1104
Mitrani, J. (2001b) Ordinary People and Extra-ordinary
Protections: a Post-Kleinian Approach to
the Treatment of Primitive Mental States.
Hove and New York:
Brunner-Routledge
Molinari, S. (1981) W.R. Bion and the Myth of Œdipus.
Rivista di Psicoanalisi,
XXVII: 705-726
Momigliani, L.N. Memory and Desire. Rivista di
(1981) Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 546-572
Momigliano, L.N., Shared Experience: the Psychoanalytic
Robutti, A. (Eds.) Dialogue. London: Karnac
(1992a)
Momigliani, L.N. Two People Talking in a Room:
(1992b) an Investigation on the Analytic
Dialogue. [in Momigliani, L.N., Robutti,
A. (Eds.) (1992a): 5-20]
Mondrzak, V.S. Psychoanalytic Process and Thought:
(2004) Convergence of Bion and Matte Blanco.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 597-614
Money-Kyrle, R. Review: Bion’s Elements of
(1965a) Psychoanalysis. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 46: 385-388
Money-Kyrle, R. Cognitive Development. International
(1965b) Journal of Psychoanalysis,
49: 691-698 [also in Grotstein
(1981a): 537-550]
Money-Kyrle, R. Review: Grinberg et al (1975).
(1976) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
57: 500-502
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 77

77

Moorjani, A. (2004) Peau de Chagrin: Beckett and Bion on


Looking not to See. Samuel Beckett
Today, 14
Morgan, H., A Psychodynamic Perspective on
Thomas, K. (1996) Group Practices. [in Wetherell, M.
Groups and Social Issues: 65-118 Milton
Keynes: Open University]
Morgan, M. (1995) The Projective Gridlock: a Form of
Projective Identification in Couple
Relationships. [in Ruszczynski, S.,
Fisher, J. (1005a): 33-48]
Morgan-Jones, R. Supervision in a Forensic Unit: how
(2006a) Recycled Trauma Shapes the Container in
Team Supervision. [in Foster, A. (et al)
(Eds.) Difference: an Avoided Topic in
Practice: 129-148. London: Karnac]
Morgan-Jones, R. The Management of Risk Recycling
(2006b) Trauma. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 6: 22-41
Morgan-Jones, R. Retainment of Staff: the Challenge of
(2007) the System in Managing the Presence or
Absence of Staff for the Work Task: the
Application of Bion’s Approach to Group
Psychosomatic Phenomena. Organisational
and Social Dynamics, 7: 20-38
Moxnes, P. (1998) Fantasies and Fairy Tales in Groups and
Organizations: Bion’s Basic Assumption
and the Deep Roles. European Journal
of Work and Organisational Psychology,
7: 283-298
Moxnes, P. (1999) Expansion or Confusion? On the Nature
of Science, Bion, the Organizational
Unconscious And Deep Roles. European
Journal of Work and Organizational
Psychology, 8: 433-443
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 78

78

Muller, J.P. (2005) Approaches to the Semiotics of Thought


and Feeling in Bion’s Work. Canadian
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 13: 31-56
Nakjavani, N. True Thought in Search of a Thinker in
(1992) Psychoanalysis and Literary Criticism:
A Homage to W.R. Bion Literature and
Psychoanalysis. Proceedings of 8th con-
ference of literature and psychoanalysis:
35-46 [see also Silhol, R.]
Nebbiosi, G., The Theoretical and Clinical
Petrini, R. (2000) Significance of the Concept of
“Common Sense” in Bion’s Work. [in
Bion Talamo (2000a): 164-177]
Nemas, C. (2000) Development is Beauty, Growth is
Ethics. [in Cohen, Hahn (2000a): 27-42]
Neri, C. (1981) Notes on Bion’s Basic Assumptions.
Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 749-757
Neri, C. (1984) Unthinkability and Psychosomatic
Symptoms. International Journal
of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
10: 501-541
Neri, C. (1998) Group. London: Jesssica Kingsley
Neri, C., Pines, Dreams in Group Psychotherapy.
Friedman, R. (Eds.) London: Jessica Kingsley
(2002)
Neri, C. (2003) Anthropological Psychoanalysis: Bion’s
Journeying in Italy. [in Lipgar, R.M.,
Pines, M. (2003a): 132-150]
Neri, C. (2004) The F Factor: Modifications in the
Course of Group Psychotherapy.
European Journal of Psychiatry,
18: 71-75
Neri, C. (2005) What is the Function of Faith and Trust
in Psychoanalysis? International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 86: 79-97
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 79

79

Newirth, J. (2003) Between Emotion and Cognition: the


Generative Unconscious. New York:
Other Press
Newton, J., Long, S., Coaching in Depth: the Organizational
Stevens, B. (Eds.) Role Analysis Approach.
(2006) London: Karnac
Nitsun, M. (1994) The Primal Scene in Group Analysis. [in
Brown, D.G., Zinkin, L.
(1994): 129-145]
Nitsun, M. (1996) The Anti-Group: Destructive Forces in the
Group and their Creative Potential.
London: Routledge
Noran, A.R. (1996) Avoiding the Perils of Management by
Groups: the Contributions of Bion, the
Tavistock and Social Work Theorists.
Social Work with Groups, 19: 53-65
Nuttall, J. (2000) Psychodynamics and Intersubjectivity
in Management. Journal of Change
Management, 1: 229-241
Obholzer, A. (1999) Managing the Unconscious at Work. [in
French, R., Vince, R. (Eds.) (1999): 87-97]
Obholzer, A. (2003) Some Reflection on Concepts of
Relevance to Consulting and also to the
management of Organisations.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
3: 153-164
Ogden, T.H. On Not Being Able to Dream.
(2003a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
84: 17-30
Ogden, T.H. What’s True and Whose Idea was it?
(2003b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
84: 593-606
Ogden, T.H. An Introduction to the Reading of Bion.
(2004a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 285-300
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 80

80

Ogden, T.H. On Holding and Containing, Being and


(2004b) Dreaming. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 85: 1349-1364
Oliveira, W.I. de The Psychoanalytic Approach to Group
(1963) Psychotherapy. Journal of the Hillside
Hospital, 12: 156-166
Oppenheim, L. A Pre-Occupation with
(2001) Object-Representation: the Beckett-Bion
Case Revisited. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 82: 767-784
Orford, F. (1999) Review: Bion’s War Memoirs 1917-1919.
International Journal of Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy, 16: 98-100
O’Shaughnessy, E. W.R. Bion’s Theory of Thinking and
(1988) New Techniques in Child Analysis.
[in Spillius, (1988) vol. 2: 177-190]
O’Shaughnessy, E. Psychosis: Not Thinking in a Bizarre
(1992) World. [in Anderson,1992: 89-101]
O’Shaughnessy, E. Review: Bléandonu, G. (1994).
(1995) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 857-859
O’Shaughnessy, E. Minus K. (read at XXXIX IPA. Congress)
(1996) see Vergopoulo, T. 1996
O’Shaughnessy, E. Relating to the Superego. International
(1999) Journal of Psychoanalysis,
80: 861-870
O’Shaughnessy, E. Whose Bion? International Journal
(2005) of Psychoanalysis,
86: 1523-1528
Ostby, A.C. (2006) Hallucinosis: Psychoanalytic
Perspectives (Wilfred Bion, Melanie
Klein). Dissertation Abstracts
(International) 67 (6-B): 3461
Palmer, B. (1973) Thinking about Thought. Human
Relations, 26: 127-141
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 81

81

Palmer, B. (1985) Ambiguity and Paradox in Group


Relations Conferences. [in Pines (1985):
274-305]
Palmer, B. (1999) Grouping. [in French, R., Vince, R.
(Eds.) (1999): 23-39]
Palmer, B. (2002) The Tavistock Paradigm: Inside,
Outside and Beyond. [in Hinshelwood,
R.D., Chiesa, M. (2002a): 158-182]
Parker, I. (1996) Staff-Student Relationships in
Universities: Boundary Disaster and
‘Minus K’. Group Analysis,
29: 99-111
Parker, I. (1997a) Group Identity and Individuality in
Times of Crisis: Psychoanalytic
Reflections on Social Psychological
Knowledge. Human Relations,
50: 183-196
Parker, I. (1997b) Psychoanalytic Culture: Psychoanalytic
Discourse in Western Society. London:
Sage Publications
Parker, M. (2000) Review: Harrison, T. (2000). Prison
Service Journal, 132: 86-87
Parment, V. (1994) Interaction and Interpretation.
International Forum of Psychoanalysis,
3: 227-232
Parsons, Michael Suddenly Finding it Really Matters:
(1986) the Paradox of the Analyst’s Non-
attachment. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 67: 475-488
Parsons, Michael The Dove that Returns, the Dove that
(2000) Vanishes: Paradox and Creativity in
Psychoanalysis. London: Routledge
Paul, M. (1981) A Mental Atlas of the Process of
Psychological Birth. [in Grotstein
(1981a): 551-570]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 82

82

Paul, M. (1993) A Consideration of Practical


Psychoanalytic Epistemology. Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 11: 11-29
Paul, M. (1997) Before we were Young: An Exploration of
Primordial States of Mind. Binghampton,
N.Y: E.S.F Publishing.
Peck, J.S. (1978) An Interview with Wilfred Bion.
Group, 2: 54-59
Pecotic, B. (2002) The Life of Isobel Menzies-Lyth.
(interview). Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 2: 2-24
Pecotic, B., Healthy and Pathological Consequences
Cooper, A. (2005) of Two Cultures. Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 5: 73-85
Philips, F. (1981) A Personal Reminiscence: Bion,
Evidence of the Man. [in Grotstein
(1981a): 37-41]
Pines, M. (1981) Frame of Reference of Group
Psychotherapy. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy,
31: 275-285
Pines, M. (Ed.) Psychoanalysis and Group Analysis.
(1983a) International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 33: 155-170
Pines, M. (1983b) The Evolution of Group Analysis.
London: Routledge (reprinted London:
Jessica Kingsley, 2000)
Pines, M. (Ed.) Bion and Group Psychotherapy.
(1985) London: Routledge (reprinted London:
Jessica Kingsley, 2000)
Pines, M. (1986) The Influence of Rickman and Klein on
Bion. Tavistock Gazette, 20: 3-6
Pines, M. (1987) Bion: A Group-Analytic Appreciation.
Group Analysis, 20: 251-262
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 83

83

Pines, M., Group Analysis. [in Kutash, I.L.,


Marrone, M. (1990) Wolf, A. (Eds.) (1990): 61-77]
Pines, M. (1994) The Group-as-a-Whole. [in Brown, D.G.,
Zinkin, L. (1994): 47-59]
Pines, M. (1998) Review: Bion: War Memoirs 1917-1919.
Group Analysis, 31: 124
Pines, M. (2002) The Illumination of Dreams.
[in Neri, C., Pines, M., Friedman, R.
(2002): 25-36]
Pines, M. (2003a) Bion and Foulkes on Empathy.
[in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M.
(2003a): 254-262]
Pines, M. (2003b) Large Groups and Culture.
[in Schneider, S., Weinberg, H.
(2003): 98-111]
Piterman, H. You’re Either with Us or Against Us:
(2005) Dominant Discoursa in Health Care
Practice. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 5: 15-37
Plaut, A. (1968) Review: Bion: Second Thoughts. Journal
of Analytical Psychology,
13: 166-169
Plaut, A. (1972) Review: Bion: Attention and
Interpretation. Journal of Analytical
Psychology, 17: 214-216
Plaut, A. (1994) Review: Bion’: Cogitations. Journal
of Analytical Psychology,
39: 253-262
Pontes, M. de The Fundamental Role of the Grid in
Ferreira, R.B. (2000) Bion’s Work. [in Bion Talamo
(2000a): 178-199]
Powell, S.R. (1993) The Power of Positive Peer Influence:
Leadership Training for Today’s Teens.
Special Services in the Schools,
8: 119-136
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 84

84

Pridham, K.F. Acts of Turning as Stress-Resolving


(1975) Mechanisms in Work Groups
with Special Reference to the Work of
W.R. Bion. Human Relations, 28: 229-248
Pridham, K.F. Towards an Adequate Theory of Stress
(1977) Resolution in Work Groups. Human
Relations, 30: 787-801
Psychoanalytic A Learning Experience in
Group of Psychoanalysis. [in Cohen,
Barcelona (2000) Hahn (2000): 203-214]
Rabaté, J.M. (1997) Beckett’s Ghosts and Fluxions. Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 15: 475-492
Reed, J.S. (2005) In the Analyst’s Consulting Room.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 74: 598-603
Reiner, A. (1999) The Case of Lois D. Journal of Melanie
Klein Society and Object Relations,
17: 239-333
Reiner, A. (2004) Psychic Phenomena and Early
Emotional States. Journal of Analytic
Psychology, 49: 313-336
Reiner, A. (2006) Synchronicity and the Capacity to
Think: a Clinical Exploration. Journal
of Analytic Psychology: 50: 553-573
Reppen, J. (2004) Wilfred Bion: an Original.
PsyCRITIQUES, 41: 332-334
Resnik, S. (1985) The Space of Madness.
[in Pines 1985: 220-246]
Resnik, S. (1994) Glacial Times in Psychotic Regression.
[in Schermer, V.L., Pines, M. (Eds.)
(1994): 275-307]
Resnik, S. (1997) The Theatre of the Dream. London:
Routledge
Resnik, S. (2005) Glacial Times: a Journey through the World
of Madness. London: Routledge
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 85

85

Rhode, E. (1993) Review: Bion: Cogitations British Journal


of Psychotherapy, 9: 503-504
Rhode, E. (1994) Psychotic Metaphysics. London: Karnac
Rhode, E. (1995) Review: Meltzer, D. (1994) British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 11: 622-624
Rhode, E. (1997a) Does Mind have Boundaries in the Way
that Body Does? Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 15: 77-90
Rhode, E. (1997b) Bion, Lévi-Strauss and Hallucination as
a “Pure” Culture. Journal of Melanie
Klein Society and Object Relations,
15: 283-399
Rhode, E. (1998) On Hallucination Intuition and the
Becoming of “O”. New York:
E.S.F. Publishing
Richards, A. (1980) Review: Grinberg, L. et al (1975). Journal
of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 28: 221-242
Richards, J. (1999) The Concept of Internal Cohabitation.
[in Johnson, Ruszczynski Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy in the Independent
Tradition: 27-52 London: Karnac]
Richards- Introverts as Silent Leaders:
Wilson, S. (2004) Indefensible of Indomitable?
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
4: 234-246
Riesenberg- As-if: The Phenomenon of Not
Malcolm, R. (1990) Learning. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 71: 385-392
[reprinted in Anderson (1992): 114-125]
Riesenberg- On Bearing Unbearable States of Mind.
Malcolm, R. (1999) (especially chapter 8) London:
Routledge
Riesenberg- Bion’s Theory of Containment.
Malcolm, R. (2001) [in Bronstein, C. (Ed.) (2001): 165-180]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 86

86

Rioch, M.J. (1970) The Work of Wilfred Bion on Groups.


Psychiatry, 33: 56-66 [also in Colman,
A.D., Bexton, W.H. (Eds.) (1975): 21-33]
Rioch, M.J. (1981) The Influence of Wilfred Bion and the
A.K. Rice Group Relations Conferences.
[in Grotstein (1981a): 667-673]
Rioch, M.J. (1983) Wilfred Bion: An Appreciation and
some Reminiscences. Group Analysis,
16: 252-257
Riolo, F. (1981) Truth, Lying and Analytic Thought.
Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 705-726
Robinson, H.T. Beckett/Bion: The Emergence of
(2000a) Meaning. Pre-script of Lincoln Centre
Conference. British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 17: 180
Robinson, H.T. The Bespoke Universe: Shakespeare,
(2000b) Freud and Beckett, Tailors and
Outfitters. British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 17: 181-191
Rosenbaum, S.C. Group-as-Mother: a Dark Continent in
(2004) Group Relations Theory and Practice.
[in Cytynbaum, S., Noumair, D.A.
(2004): 57-80]
Rosenfeld, H. (1981) On the Psychology and Treatment of
Psychotic Patients (Historical and
Comparative Reflections).
[in Grotstein (1981a): 167-179]
Rosenthal, R.J. Raskolnikov’s Transgression and the
(1981) Confusion between Destructiveness and
Creativity. [in Grotstein
(1981a): 197-235]
Rossetti, M. (2000) The Pre-Formed Transference: its Roots
in Bion. Journal of the British
Association of Psychotherapy,
38: 118-128
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 87

87

Roth, B. (2004) Negativity and Lies in Analytic


Psychotherapy: an Inquiry into Bion’s
Ideas of K & K. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy, 54: 477-489
Roth, J.D. (2003) Alcoholics Anonymous as Medical
Treatment for Alcoholism:
A Group-analytic Perspective on How it
Works. [in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M.
(2003b): 145-163]
Rouchy, J.C. (2002) Cultural Identity and Groups of
Belonging. Group, 26: 205-217
Ruszczynski, S., Intrusiveness and Intimacy in the Couple.
Fisher, J. (Eds.) London: Karnac
(1995a)
Ruszczynski, S. Narcissistic Object Relating.
(1995b) [in Ruszczynaki, S., Fisher, J.
(1995a): 13-32]
Ruszczynski, S., Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in the
Johnson, S. (Eds.) Kleinian Tradition. London: Karnac
(1999a)
Ruszczynski, S. Tolerating Emotional Knowledge.
(1999b) [in Ruszczynski. S., Johnson, S.
(1999a): 93-116]
Ryavec, L. (1997) Moving Toward Similarity-with-a-
Difference: The Shift from Bi-Logic
Forward Non-Disruptive Bi-Modal
Thinking. Journal of Melanie Klein Society
and Object Relations,
15: 301-315
Sacret, J. (1999) Interrelationships Between Internal and
External Factors in Early Development:
Current Kleinian Thinking and
Implications for Technique.
[in Ruszczynski. S., Johnson, S.
(1999a): 55-74]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 88

88

Sáfan-Gerard, D. The Use of Counter-Transference in


(1997) Response to Narcissistic Defenses of
Group Members. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 15: 265-281
Sanchez- Perverse Thought. International Journal
Medina, A. (2002) of Psychoanalysis, 83: 1345-1359
Sanders, K. (1984) Bion’s “Protomental System” and
Psychosomatic Illness in General
Practice. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 57: 167-172
Sanders, K. (1998) Meltzer’s Concept of the Psychoanalytic
Process and its Development. Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 16: 245-256
Sanders, K. (2001) Post-Kleinian Psychoanalysis: the Biella
Seminars. London: Karnac
Sanders, K. (2006) The Work of Donald Meltzer: Meltzer
and the Influence of Bion. British Journal
of Psychotherapy,
22: 347-362
Sandler, P.C. (1987) Review: Bion: The Long Weekend
International Review of Psychoanalysis,
14: 273-277
Sandler, P.C. (1997) The Apprehension of Psychic Reality:
Extensions of Bion’s Theory of
alpha-function. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 77: 43-52
Sandler, P.C. (2000) What is Thinking—an Attempt at an
Integrated Study of W.R. Bion’s
Contributions to the Process of
Knowing. [in Bion Talamo
(2000a): 200-219]
Sandler, P.C. (2003) Bion’s War Memoirs: A
Psychoanalytical Commentary. [in
Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003a): 59-84]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 89

89

Sandler, P.C. (2005) The Language of Bion: A Dictionary of


Concepts. London: Karnac
Sandler, P.C. (2006) The Origins of Bion’s Work.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 180-203
Sanfuentes, M. ‘Group Dynamics—A Re-view’.
(2003) [in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003a):
118-131]
Sarno, L. (2001) Winnicott and Bion: some Uncanny
Affinities. [in Bertolini, M. et al (Eds.)
Squiggles and Spaces. 2 vols,
vol. 2: 204-220 London & Philadelphia:
Whurr (2001)]
Sayers, J. (2000) Kleinians: Psychoanalysis Inside Out.
(especially chap. 6 Wilfred Bion:
Group and Individual Analysis)
Cambridge: Polity Press
Sayers, J. (2002) Darling Francesca: Bion, Love-Letters
and Madness. Journal of European
Studies, 32: 195-207
Sayers, J. (2003) Divine Therapy: Love, Mysticism and
Psychoanalysis. Oxford: Oxford
University Press
Sayers, J. (2004a) Transforming at-one-ment: Spielrein,
Jung, Bion. Psychoanalysis and History,
6: 37-55
Sayers, J. (2004b) Review: Lipgar and Pines 2003 (a) and
(b). Group Analysis,
37: 568-569
Scheidlinger, S. Commentary on Hinshelwood’s lecture.
(2000) (Hinshelwood, R.D. 1999). Group
Analysis, 33: 295-297
Scheidlinger, S. A Historical Addition to Billow. (2005).
(2006) International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 56: 499-500
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 90

90

Schermer, V.L. Beyond Bion: the Basic Assumption


(1985) States Revisited. [in Pines M.
(1985): 139-150]
Schermer, V.L., Ring of Fire: Primitive Affects and Object
Pines, M. (Eds.) Relations in Group Psychotherapy.
(1994a) London and New York: Routledge
Schermer, V.L. Between Theory and Practice, Light and
(1994b) Heat: on the Use of Theory in the
‘Ring of Fire’. [in Schermer, V.L.,
Pines (Eds.) (1994a): 9-35]
Schermer, V.L. Review: Bléandonu, G. (1994). Journal
(1996) of Psychotherapy Practice and Research,
5: 85-87
Schermer, V.L., Group Psychotherapy of the Psychoses:
Pines, M. (Eds.) Concepts, Interventions and Contexts.
(1999) London: Jessica Kingsley
Schermer, V.L. Contributions of Object Relations
(2000) Theory and Self-psychology to
Relational Psychology and Group
Psychotherapy. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy,
50: 199-207
Schermer, V.L. The Group Psychotherapist as
(2001) Contemporary Mystic: a Bionic Group
Relations Perspective. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
51: 505-523
Schermer, V.L. Building on ‘O’—Bion and
(2003a) Epistemology. [in Lipgar, R.M.,
Pines, M. (2003a): 226-253]
Schermer, V.L. Terror and Groups: Updating
(2003b) Psychoanalytic Psychology for a New
Era. Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy,
20: 199-221
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 91

91

Schermer, V.L. Spirit and Psyche: a New Paradigm for


(2003c) Psychology, Psychoanalysis and
Psychotherapy. London: Jessica Kingsley
Schneider, J.A. Experiences in K and-K. International
(2005a) Journal of Psychoanalysis,
86: 825-839
Schneider, J.A. Dreaming the Truth of Experience.
(2005b) Psychoanalytic Review,
92: 778-785
Schneider, S., The Large Group Revisited: the Herd,
Weinberg, H. Primal Horde, Crowds and Masses.
(Eds.) (2003) London: Jessica Kingsley.
Schoenhals, H. Triangular Space and the Development
(1995) of a Working Model in the Analysis.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 103-113
Schwartz-Salant, N. Vision, Interpretation and the
(1991) Interactive Field. Journal of Analytical
Psychology, 36: 343-365
Scott, W.C.M. The Development of the Analysands’
(1981) and Analysts’ Enthusiasm for the
Process of Psychoanalysis. [in Grotstein
(1981a): 571-577]
Scurlock, A. (2005) Early Disillusionment. Dissertation
Abstracts (International 65),
11-B: 6649
Segal, H. (1981a) Tribute to Dr Wilfred Bion. (at the
Memorial Meeting) International Review
of Psychoanalysis, 8: 5-8
Segal, H. (1981b) The Function of Dreams. [in Grotstein
(1981a): 579-587]
Seinfeld, J. (1988) The Dialectic between W.R.D. Fairbairn
and Wilfred Bion. [in Skolnick, N.J.,
Scharff, D.E. (Eds.) Fairbairn, Then and
Now: 99-111 Hillside, NJ: Analytic Press]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 92

92

Selow, E. (2006) “The Newspaper Reader”: on the


Meaning of Concrete Objects in a
Psychoanalytic Treatment. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 87: 1629-1649
Shafer, A.T. (1997) Can Projective Identification Advance
our Understanding of the
Psychodynamics of Psychosomatic
Disorders? Australian Journal
of Psychotherapy, 16: 170-183
Shafer, A.T. (2003) Developing the ‘Socio-Analytic
Mind’ in Australia. Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 3: 267-276
Shambaugh, W. The Mythic Structure of Bion’s Groups.
(1985) Human Relations, 38: 937-951
Shani, M. (2006) The Thinking Act. Dissertation Abstracts
(International), 67 (2-B): 1168
Shapiro, L. (1985) Family Dynamics and Object-Relations
Theory: an Analytic Group-
Interpretative Approach to Family
Therapy. [in Colman, A.D., Geller, M.H.
(Eds.) (1985): 217-230]
Sheppard, A. (2003) Exploring the Work of Donald Meltzer:
a Festschrift. Canadian Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 11: 576-580
Sher, M. (2003) From Groups to Group Relations: Bion’s
Contribution to the Tavistock ‘Leicester’
Conferences. [in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M.
(2003b): 109-144]
Sherwood, M. Bion’s Experiences in Groups—a Critical
(1964) Evaluation. Human Relations, 17: 113-138
Shields, W. (2006) Dream Interpretation, Affect and the
Theory of Neuronal Group Selection:
Freud, Winnicott, Bion and Modell.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1509-1527
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 93

93

Shuttleworth, A. Starting to Get to Know the Work of


(1980) Dr Bion. Tavistock Gazette (Diamond
Jubilee Issue), 23-24
Sieviers, B. (2003) Against all Reason: Trusting in Trust.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
3: 19-39
Silhol, R. (1992) The Golden Arrow: Bion and Lacan
Literature and Society. (proceedings of
8th congress of literature and society)
[see also Nakjavani, E.]
Silver, A.S. (1981) A Psychosemiotic Model: an Inter-disci-
plinary Search for a Common Structural
Basis for Psychoanalysis, Symbol-for-
mation and the Semiotic of Charles S.
Pierce. [in Grotstein (1981a): 269-315]
Silver, A.S. (1991) Review: Bion: Brazilian Lectures. Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 9: 77-80
Silverman, D. Review: Bion: Elements of Psychoanalysis
(1965) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 34: 281-282
Silverstone, J. An Absence of Mind. [in Bishop, B. et al
(2002) (Eds.) Ideas in Practice, 87-102
London: Karnac]
Simon, B. (1988) The Imaginary Twins: the case of
Beckett and Bion. International Review of
Psychoanalysis, 15: 331-352
Simpson, P., Thoughtful Leadership. Organisational
French, R. (2005) and Social Dynamics, 5: 280-297
Sjoberg, B. (1993) Prediction of Valency and Productivity:
An Empirical Study of Long-term
Group Psychotherapy. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 34: 161-173
Sjödin, C. (1999) A Meaningful Intercourse—Some
Thoughts about Thinking. International
Forum of Psychoanalysis, 8: 196-210
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 94

94

Sjödin, C. (2003) The Significance of Belief for


Psychoanalysis. International Forum of
Psychoanalysis, 12: 44-52
Skelton, R.M. (1993) Bion and Problem-Solving. For the
Learning of Mathematics,
13: 39-42
Skelton, R.M. (1995) Bion’s use of Modern Logic.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 389-397
Skelton, R.M. (1999) ‘Possible Worlds’: Matte Blanco and
Bion on the Death Drive. [in The Death
Drive: New Life for a Dead Subject?
149-173] Encyclopædia of
Psychoanalysis, vol. 3. (Ed.) Weatherill,
R. London: Rebus Press
Skogstad, W. (2004) Psychoanalytic Observation—the
Mind as Research Instrument.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
4: 67-87
Skolnick, M.R. Intensive Group and Social Systems
(1994) Treatment of Psychotic and Borderline
Patients. [in Schermer, V.L., Pines, M.
(Eds.) (1994): 240-274]
Skolnick, M.R. Schizophrenia from a Group
(1998) Perspective. [in Bion Talamo
(1998a): 69-82]
Skolnick, M., The Denigrated Other Diversity and
Green, Z. (2004) Group Relations. [in Cytynbaum,S.,
Noumair, D.A. (2004): 117-130]
Skolnikoff, A.Z. Review: Meltzer (1978a). Journal of the
(1982) American Psychoanalytic Association,
30: 305-308
Sorensen, G. (2005) On Beyond Bion. Organisational and
Social Dynamics,
5: 298-312
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 95

95

Souter, K.T. (2000) The Products of Imagination:


Psychoanalytic Theory and
Post-modern Literary Criticism.
American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
60: 341-360
Southgate, J. (2002) A Theoretical Framework for
Understanding Multiplicity. In Sinason,
V. (Ed.), Attachment, Trauma And
Multiplicity: Working with Dissociative
Personality Disorder, pp. 86-106.
London: Psychology Press
Spensley, S. (1995) Francis Tustin. (Makers of Modern
Psychotherapy) London: Routledge
Spensley, S. (1999) Learning from Bion. Journal of the British
Association of Psychotherapy, 37: 7-20
Spillius, E. Bott Some Developments from the Work of
(1983) Melanie Klein. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 64: 321-332
Spillius, E. Bott Melanie Klein Today.—2 volumes. London
(Ed.)(1988) & New York: Routledge
Spillius, E. Bott Clinical Experience of Projective
(1992) Identification. [in Anderson
(1992): 59-73]
Spillius, E. Bott Developments in Kleinian Thought:
(1994) Overview and Personal View.
Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 14: 324-364
Stein, A. (1964) Review: Bion: Experiences in Groups and
Other Papers. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
33: 441-442
Stein, A.H. (1999) Whose Thoughts are they Anyway?
Dimensionally Exploding Bion’s
“Double-Headed Arrow” into
Co-adapting Traditional Space.
Non-Linear Dynamics, Psychology
and Life Sciences, 3: 65-92
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 96

96

Stein, H.F. (2003) Balint, Bion, Volkan, Stein: Small and


Large Group as Fieldwork. Journal
of Psychohistory, 30: 263-265
Stein, H.F. (2006) Letting Go of Who We were: the Triad
of Change-Loss-Grief in Organisational
and Wider Cultural Life. A Case Study
and its Wider Implications.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
6: 204-233
Stein, R. (1991) Psychoanalytic Theories of Affect. Westport
CT: Praeger [new (Ed.) 1999
London: Karnac]
Steiner, J. (1982) Review: Grotstein, J. (Ed.) (1981a)
International Review of Psychoanalysis,
9: 492
Steiner, J. (1991a) Psychic Retreats: Pathologic Organisation
in Psychotic, Neurotic and Borderline
Patients. London: Routledge
Steiner, J. (1991b) A Psychotic Organization of the
Personality. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 72: 201-207
Steiner, R., Johns, J. Within Time and Beyond Time: a Festschrift
(Eds.) (2001) for Pearl King. London: Karnac
Stevens, V. (2005) Nothingness, No-Thing and Nothing in
the Work of Wilfred Bion and in Samuel
Beckett’s Murphy. Psychoanalytic Review,
92: 607-635
Stiers, M.J. (1987) A Kleinian Analysis of Group.
Development Group, 11: 67-77
Stiers, M.J. (1995) Containment and the Threat of
Catastrophic Change in Psychotherapy
Groups. Group, 19: 131-139
Stitzman, I. (2004) At-one-ment, Intuition and ‘Suchness’.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 1137-1156
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 97

97

Stock, D., Emotional Dynamics and Group Culture:


Theilen, H.A. Experimental Studies of Individual and
(1958) Group Behavior. Oxford: New York
University Press
Stokoe, P. (1998) Review: J. & N. Symington (1996).
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
12: 180-182
Stokes, J. (1994) Contributions from the Work of Bion.
[in Obholzer, A. and Roberts, V. (Eds.)
The Unconscious at Work: Individual and
Organisational Stress in the Human
Services, pp. 19-27. London: Routledge]
Stone, W.N. (1993) Review: Pines, M. (Ed.) (1995). Group
Analysis, 26: 120-121
Stonebridge, L. Hearing them Speak: Voices in Wiflred
(2005) Bion, Murel Spark and Penelope
Fitzgerald. Textual Practice, 19: 445-466
Stramer, R. (1996) Review: Bléandonu, G. (1994). Journal
of the British Association of Psychotherapy,
31: 93-100
Stramer, R. (1999) Review: Bion: Taming Wild Thoughts and
War Memorioes 1917-1919. Journal of the
British Association of Psychotherapy,
36: 93-98
Sutherland, J.D. Bion Revisited: Group Dynamics and
(1985) Group Psychotherapy. [in Pines 1985:
47-86 also in The Social Engagement
of Social Science. vol. 1. The
Socio-psychological Perspective: 119-140
(1990) London: Free Association Books]
Symington, J. Imprisoned Pain and its Transformation:
(Ed.) (2000) a Festschrift for H. Sydney Klein.
London: Karnac
Symington, J. & N. The Clinical Thinking of Wilfred Bion.
(1996) London & NewYork: Routledge
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 98

98

Symington, N. The Analytic Experience: Lectures from the


(1986) Tavistock. London:
Free Association Books
Symington, N. The Possibility of Human Freedom and
(1990) its Transmission (with Particular
Reference to the Thought of Bion).
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
71: 95-106
Symington, N. Review: Bléandonu, G. (1994). Journal
(1996a) of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 44: 619-623 and in Australian
Journal of Psychotherapy,
19: (2000)
Symington, N. The Making of A Psychotherapist.
(1996b) London: Karnac
Symington, N. The Spirit of Sanity. London: Karnac
(2001)
Symington, N. A Pattern of Madness. London: Karnac
(2002)
Symington, N. Review: Lopez-Corvo, R.E. (2003).
(2004) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 1044-1048
Takahashi, T. (1991) A Comparative Study of
Japanese-American Group Dynamics.
Psychoanalytic Review, 78: 49-62
Taylor, D. (1994) Review: Anderson, R. (Ed.) (1992)
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
75: 627-632
Taylor, D. (1997) Some of Bion’s Ideas on Meaning and
Understanding. British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 14: 66-76
Thelen, H.A. (1985) Research with Bion’s Concepts.
[in Pines (1985): 114-138]
Thienhaus, O.J. Obeservations in a Group of Psychiatric
(1985) Residents: a Case Study. Group, 9: 49-56
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 99

99

Thorner, H.A. Review: Bion: Brazilian Lectures 1


(1975) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
56: 488-489
Thorner, H.A. Notes on the Desire for Knowledge.
(1981) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
62: 73-60 [also in Grotstein
(1981a): 589-597]
Torres, N. (2003) Gregariousness and the Mind: Wilfred
Trotter and Wilfred Bion. [in Lipgar,
R.M., Pines, M. (2003a): 85-117]
Trist, E. (1985) Working with Bion in the 1940s: the
Group Decade. [in Pines (1985): 1-46]
Trist, E. (1987) Some Additional References on
Working with Bion in the Forties.
Group Analysis, 20: 263-270
Tustin, F. (1981a) Psychological Birth and Psychological
Catastrophe. [in Grotstein
(1981a): 181-196]
Tustin, F. (1981b) A Modern Pilgrim’s Progress:
Reminiscences of Personal Analysis
with Dr Bion. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 7: 175-179
Tuttman, S. (1990) Group Dynamic Treatment. [in Kutash,
I.L., Wolf, A. (Eds.) (1990): 150-174]
Twemlow, S. (1998) Review: Symington, J. & N. (1996).
Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 46: 1281-1284
Van Buren, J. (1998) Bion’s Odyssey towards Transcendence
in “A Theory of Thinking”. Journal
of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 16: 771-784
Van Reekum, G. A Reassessment of Rumour,
(2002) Exemplified from the Group Relations
Perspective. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 2: 208-230
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 100

100

Van Reekum, G. Expecting a Present: On a Quotation


(2006) from Bion: a Tavistock Approach to
Leadership in high Risk Environments.
Organisational and Social Dynamics, 6: 4-21
Vansina-Cobbaert, A Therapeutic Community:
M.J. (2005) a Space for Multiple Transitional
Change. [in Amado, Vansina
(2005): 41-70]
Vaquer, F. (1987) Bion’s Concept of the Psychotic Aspects
of the Personality. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 5: 86-100
Vaquer, F. (1989) A Note on Envy. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 7: 4-11
Vaquer, F. (1993) The Æsthetic Aspect of Personality
Functioning. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 11: 76-82
Vaslamatzis, G. On the Therapist’s Reverie and
(1999) Containing Function. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 68: 431-440
Vergopoulo, T. Report of Panel at XXXIX IPA Congress:
(1996) “Bion’s Contribution to Psychoanalytic
Theory and Technique”. Chair:
Grinberg, L. Panellists: E.T. Bianchedi;
P. Bion Talamo; J. Grotstein; E.
O’Shaughnessy. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 77: 575-577
Vergopoulo, T. Bion’s Perspectives on Psychoanalytic
(2003) Method. International Journal
Davison, S. of Psychoanalysis, 83: 913-917
(moderators)
Waddell, M. (1988) Modes of Thought in Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy. British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 5: 192-199
Waddell, M. (1994) Review: Bion: The Long Weekend. Free
Associations—Pilot Issue: 72-84
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 101

101

Waddell, M. (1998) Inside Lives: Psychoanalysis and the


Development of the Personality. London:
Duckworth 2nd edition (2002)
London: Karnac
Waddell, M. (2006) Infant Observation in Britain: the
Tavistock Approach. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1104-1120
Waddell, M. (2007) Grouping or Ganging: the
Psychodynamics of Bullying. British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 23: 189-204
Ward, J. (2003) Light a Candle, Cast a Shadow:
Learning from Experience in the
Consulting Role. Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 3: 236-249
Warshaw, S.C. Whatever Happened to Kleinian Child
(1994) Analysis? Psychoanalytic Psychology,
11: 401-406
Watson, S. (2002) Complexity and the Trans-human.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
2: 245-263
Webb, R.E., With Memory but no Desire: Thinking
Widseth, J.C. (1991) about Bion in College Psychotherapy.
Journal of College Student Psychotherapy,
5: 29-50
Webb, R.E., Sells, Lacan and Bion: Psychoanalysis and the
M.A. (1995) Mystical Language of “Unsaying”.
Theory and Psychology, 5: 195-215 and in
Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 15: 243-264 (1997)
Weber, R. (2005) Unraveling Projective Identification and
Enactment. [in Motherwell, L., Shay, J.J.
(Eds.) (1994) Complex Dilemmas in Group
Therapy: Pathways to Resolution: 75-86.
New York and Hove: Brunner-Routledge]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 102

102

Weininger, O. A Note on Bion’s Alpha and Beta


(1991) Elements. Journal of Melanie Klein Society
and Object Relations, 9: 73-76
Weisberg, I. (1994) The Converging of Sigmund Freud,
Melanie Klein and the Bhagavad Gita:
W.R. Bion. International Journal
of Communicative Psychoanalysis and
Psychotherapy, 9: 19-23
Weiss, H. (2002) Reporting a Dream Accompanying an
Enactment in the Transference Situation.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
83: 633-645
Wellendorf, F. Learning from Experience and the
(1995) Experience of Learning: Reflections on
the Psychoanalytical Training.
International Forum of Psychoanalysis,
4: 137-148
Wheelan, S. (1990) Facilitating Training Groups: a Group to
Leadership and Verbal Intervention Skills.
Westport, CT: Praeger
White, J. (2002) On ‘Learning’ and ‘Learning About’:
W.R. Bion’s Theory of Thinking and
Educational Praxis. [in Barford, D. (Ed.)
The Ship of Thought: Essays on
Psychoanalysis and Learning. Encyclopædia
of Psychoanalysis, vol. 4: 84-105.
London: Karnac]
Wilde, D. (2003) Phobias and Primitive Psychotic
Anxieties. [in Morgan, S. (Ed.) Phobia:
a Re-assessment. Encyclopædia of
Psychoanalysis, vol. 6: 133-156
London, Karnac]
Wilke, G. (2003) The Large Group and its Conductor.
[in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M.
(2003b): 70-105]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 103

103

Wilkinson, A. Review: Bion: Experiences in Groups.


(1962) Journal of Analytical Psychology, 7: 77-78
Williams, A.H. Cruelty, Violence and Murder:
(1998) Understanding the Criminal Mind.
London: Karnac
Williams, A.H. Container and Contained: the School of
(2002) Bion. [in Weegman and Cohen. The
Psychodynamics of Addiction, 3-12.
Philadelphia: Whurr, 2002]
Williams, G.P. Internal Landscapes and Foreign Bodies:
(1997a) Eating Disorders and other Pathologies.
London: Routledge
Williams, G.P. Reflections on some Dynamics of Eating
(1997b) Disorders: “No Entry” Defences and
Foreign Bodies. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis,
78: 927-941
Williams, M. Harris A View of Bion’s Memoir of the Future.
(1980) Tavistock Gazette (Diamond Jubilee Issue),
23-34
Williams, M. Harris Underlying Pattern in Bion’s A Memoir
(1983) of the Future. International Review
of Psychoanalysis,
10: 75-86
Williams, M. The Tiger and “O”: a Reading of Bion’s
Harris (1985) Memoir and Autobiography.
Free Associations, 1: 33-56
Williams, M. The Chamber of Modern Thought: Literary
Harris, Origins of the Psychoanalytic Model of the
Waddell, M. (1991) Mind. (especially ‘Parallel Directions in
Psychoanalysis’: 170-192) London and
New York: Tavistock/Routledge
Williams, A Man of Achievement: Sophocles’
M. Harris (1993) Œdipus. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
11: 232-241
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 104

104

Williams, M. Psychoanalysis: An Art or a Science?


Harris (1999) A Review of the Implications of the
Theory of Bion and Meltzer. British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 16: 127-135
Williams, M. The Three Vertices: Science, Art and
Harris (2005a) Religion. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
21: 429-441
Williams, M. The Vale of Soulmaking: The Post-Kleinian
Harris (2005b) Model of the Mind and its Poetic Origins.
London: Karnac
Williams, S. (2006) Analytic Intuition: a Meeting Place for
Jung and Bion. British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 23: 83-98
Willoughby, R. ‘The Dungeon of Thyself’:
(2001) The Claustrum as Pathological
Container. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 82: 917-931
Wilson, S. (1983) Experiences in Groups: Bion’s Debt to
Freud. Group Analysis, 16: 152-157
Winship, G. (1997) Review: Symington, J. & N. (1996).
Therapeutic Communities, 18: 242-243
Winship, G., The Formation of Objects in the Group
Haigh, R. (1998) Matrix: Reflections on Creative Therapy
with Clay. Group Analysis, 31: 71-81
Winship, G. (1999) Addiction, Death and the Liver in
Mind: the Prometheus Syndrome.
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 13: 41-49
Winship, G. (2005) Consciousness-raising and Well-being
in Public Sphere. Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy, 19: 233-245
Winship, G. (2006) Further Thoughts on the Process of
Restraint. Journal of Psychiatric and
Mental Health Nursing, 13: 55-60
Wisdom, J.O. (1978) Three Types of Group. Israel Annals of
Psychiatry, 16: 103-123
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 105

105

Wisdom, J.O. (1981) Metapsychology after Forty Years.


[in Grotstein (1981a): 601-624]
Wisdom, J.O. (1985) Types of Groups: Transitions and
Cohesion—Emergent Properties.
International Review of Psychoanalysis,
12: 73-85
Wisdom, J.O. (1987) Bion’s Place in the Troika. International
Review of Psychoanalysis, 14: 541-551
Wolberg, L.R., Group and Family Therapy IX.
Aronson, M.L. New York: Brunner-Mazel
(1981)
Wolfenstein, E.V. Inside/Outside Nietzsche: Psychoanalytic
(2000) Explorations. Ithaca, NY: Cornell
University Press
Woo, R. (1991) The Primacy of Psychic Reality:
a Kleinian-Bionian Exploration of
“Ultimate Reality”. Dissertation Abstracts
(International), 51 (11-B): 5600
Wright, F. (2004) Relational Group Therapy: From Basic
Assumptions to Passion. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
54: 577-583
Wright, H. (1987) Is Bion Beyond Me?
or How can I Understand if I do not
Dream? Group Analysis, 20: 271-273
Young, R.M. (1984) Mental Space. London: Process Press
Young, R.M. (2000) Review: Symington, J. & N. (1996).
Psychodynamic Counselling,
6: 243-250
Young, R.M. (2003) Psychoanalysis, Terrorism and
Fundamentalism. Psychodynamic
Practice, 9: 307-322
Zander, A. (1962) Through Therapy Together—review
Bion: Experiences in Groups Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 7: 350-351
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-002.qxp 8/14/08 4:36 PM Page 106

106

Zetzel, E.R. (1973) Review: Bion: Second Thoughts: Selected


Papers on Psycho-Analysis. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 39: 475-477
Zimmerman, L. Frankenstein, Invisibility and
(2003a) Nameless Dread. American Imago,
60: 135-150
Zimmerman, L. The Weirdest Scale on Earth: Elizabeth
(2003b) Bishop and Containment. American
Imago, 61: 495-518
Zinkin, L. (1989) The Group as Container and Contained.
Group Analysis, 22: 227-234
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 107

Articles

Abel-Hirsch, N. Lust for Life: Pleasure under the Reality


(2004) Principle and Growth in Eros. British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 20: 473-483
Albritton, B.J. Bion’s Theory of Thinking. Dissertation
(1986) Abstracts (International), 47 (5-B):
2212-2213
Alexander, R.P. On Patient’s Sleep during the
(1976) Psychoanalytic Situation. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 12: 277-291
Alexander, R.P. Bion on Groups. Journal of Melanie Klein
(1993) Society and Object Relations, 11: 3-10
Alexander, R.P. On: Experiences in K & K. International
(2005) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 86: 1477-1478
Alexander, R.P. On: ‘Projective Transidentification’.
(2006a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 267-268
Alexander, R.P. On Whose Bion? (letter to the editor)
(2006b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1122-1124
Alexandrov, H., Pathological Consequences of Abused
Chichik, R. (2005) Socialism. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 5: 91-110
Allcorn, S. (2007) The Psychological Nature of Oppression
in an American Workplace. Organisational
and Social Dynamics, 7: 39-47
Alvarez, A. (1997) Projective Identification as a
Communication: its Grammar in
Borderline Psychotic Children.
Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 7: 753-768

107
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 108

108

Amrhein, C. (2002) Thinking about Reverie in Bion’s


Theory of the Mind. American Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 62: 299-300
Ancona, L. (1981) The “Field-relationship” between
S. Freud and W.R. Bion. Rivista di
Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 523-545
Anderson, D.K. A Psychoanalytic Analysis of Discourse
(2002) Theory: Understanding the Influence of
Emotions, Regression and Change.
Administrative Theory and Praxis,
24: 3-24
Anderson, M. The Need of the Patient to be
(1992) Emotionally Known: the Search to
Understand a Counter-Transference
Dilemma. British Journal of
Psychotherapy, 8: 247-252
Anderson, R. Introductory Notes on Wilfred Bion.
(1997) British Journal of Psychotherapy,
14: 44-46
Andresen, J.J. Biblical, Job: Changing the Helper’s
(1991) Mind. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
27: 454-480
Andresen, J.J. An Origin of the Inhibition of
(1996) Imagination. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 32: 307-325
Anzieu, D. (1989) Beckett and Bion. International Review of
Psychoanalysis, 16: 163-169
Armstrong, D. Names, Thoughts and Lies; The
(1992) Relevance of Bion’s Later Writings to
the Understanding of experience in
groups. Free Associations,
26: 261-282
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 109

109

Armstrong, D. Making Absences Present:


(1995) the Contribution of W.R. Bion to
Understanding Unconscious Social
Phenomena. (available on line at
http:humannature.com/hraj/Armstrong.
html)
Armstrong, D. The Work Group Revisited: Reflections
(2003) in the Practice of Group Relations. Free
Associations, 53: 1-13
Armstrong, D. Entertaining Meaning: on Reading.
(2005b) Building on Bion Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 5: 134-141
Ashbach, C., Group Relations: an Object Relations
Schermer, V.L. Perspective. Journal of Melanie
(1983) Klein Society and Object
Relations, 2: 79-87
Ashbach, C., ‘Interactive and Group Dimensions
Schermer, V.L. of Kleinian Theory: Notes Toward a
(1987b) Paradigm Shift.’ Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 5: 43-68
Asser, J. (2004) Working with the Dynamics of Shame
and Violence. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 4: 88-106
Athanassiou, C. Construction of a Transitional Space in
(1991) an Infant Twin Girl. International Review
of Psychoanalysis, 18: 53-63
Azevedo, A. de Substantive Unconscious and Adjective
(2000) Unconscious: the Contribution of
Wilfred Bion. Journal of Analytical
Psychology, 45: 75-91
Babad, E., Amir, L. Trainer’s Liking, Bion’s Emotional
(1978) Modalities and T-Group Effect. Journal
of Applied Behavioral Science, 14: 511-522
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 110

110

Bahia, A.B. (1977) New Theories: their Influence and Effect


on Psychoanalytic Technique.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 56:
345-353 (also in Grotstein 1981a: 239-267)
Bain, A. & J. (2002) A Note on Primary Spirit.
Socio-Analysis, 4: 98-111
Bain, A. (1992) The Baric Experiment. Tavistock.
Institute of Human Relations Occasional
Paper no. 4
Bain, A. (1998) Social Defences against Organisational
Learning. Human Relations, 51: 413-429
Bain, A. (1999b) On Socio-Analysis. Socio-Analysis,
1: 1-12
Balbernie, R. (1988) Failing to Connect—Failing to Contain.
British Journal of Psychotherapy,
5: 149-158
Bandera, A. (2005) Transformations in Hysteria
(W.R. Bion). Dissertation Abstracts
(International), 65(12-B): 6635
Banet, A.G. (1976) Interview with W.R. Bion. Group and
Organization Studies, 1: 268-285
Barrett, P.M. (1987) Bion’s Group Culture in a Discussion
Setting. Dissertation Abstracts
(International), 48 (1-B): 254
Baruzzi, A. (1981) Bion on Self-expression. Rivista di
Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 640-661
Basch-Kahre, E. Patterns of Thinking. International
(1985) Journal of Psychoanalysis,
66: 455-470
Bass, A. (1998) Symposium on the British
Independents—Introduction.
Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
8: 455-458
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 111

111

Bazalgette., Reed, B. Re-framing Human Experience:


(2005) the Relevance of the Grubb Institute’s
Contribution as a Christian Foundation
to Group Relations in the post-9/11
World. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 5: 199-224
Belgopal, P.R. (1973) Variations in Sensitivity Training
Groups. Perspectives in Psychiatric Care,
11: 80-86
Bell, D. (1992) Hysteria—a Contemporary Kleinian
Perspective. British Journal of
Psychotherapy,
9: 169-180
Bennett, R. (2004) Negativity and Lies in Analytic Group
Therapy: An Inquiry into Bion’s Ideas
of K & K. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy,
54: 477-489
Bezoari, M. et al Listening, Interpreting and Psychic
(1994) Change in the Psychoanalytic Dialogue.
International Forum of Psychoanalysis,
3: 35-41
Bezoari, M., The Dream Within a Field Theory:
Ferro, A. (1999) Functional Aggregates and Variations.
Journal of Melanie Klein Society
and Object Relations,
17: 333-348
Bianchedi, E.T. de Psychic Change: The ‘Becoming’ of an
(1991) Inquiry. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 72: 6-15
Bianchedi, E.T. de Lies and Falsities. Journal of Melanie
(1993) Klein Society and Object Relations,
11: 30-46
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 112

112

Bianchedi, E.T. de From Objects to Links: Discovering


(1997) Relatedness. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 15: 227-233
also read at the XXXIX IPA. Congress.
see Vergopoulo, T. (1996)
Bianchedi, E.T. de The Passionate Psychoanalyst.
(2003) Issue #3 ‘Psychoanalysis down Under’
(on line journal of the Australian
Psychoanalytic Association)
Bianchedi, E.T. de Whose Bion? Who is Bion? International
(2005) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 86: 1529-1534
Billington, T. (2006) Psychodynamic Theories and the
‘Science of Relationships’ (Bion): a Rich
Resource for Professional Practice in
Children’s Services. Educational and
Child Psychology, 23: 72-79
Billow, R.M. (1998) Entitlement and the Presence of
Absence. Journal of Melanie Klein Society
and Object Relations, 16: 537-554
Billow, R.M. (1999) LHK: The Basis of Emotion in Bion’s
Theory. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
35: 629-646
Billow, R.M. (2000a) Bion’s “Passion”: the Analyst’s Pain.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 36: 411-426
Billow, R.M. (2000b) From Counter-Transference to “Passion”.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 69: 93-119
Billow, R.M. (2000c) Relational Levels of the “Container-
Contained” in Group Therapy. Group,
24: 243-259
Billow, R.M. (2001) The Class that Would not Read:
Utilizing Bion’s Affect Theory in Group.
International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 51: 309-326
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 113

113

Billow, R.M. (2002) Passion in Group: Thinking about


Loving, Hating and Growing.
International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 52: 355-372
Billow, R.M. (2003b) Pursuing Relational Consciousness:
Thinking and Anti-thinking in Group.
International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 53: 459-477
Billow, R.M. (2003c) Bonding in Group: The Therapist’s
Contribution. International Journal of
Group Psychotherapy, 53: 83-110
Billow, R.M. (2004a) Truth and Falsity in Group. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
54: 321-345
Billow, R.M. (2004b) A Falsifying Adolescent. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 73: 1041-1078
Billow, R.M. (2004c) Working Relationally with the
Adolescent in Group. Group Analysis,
37: 187-200
Billow, R.M. (2004d) The Adolescent Play: Averting the
Tragedy of Hamlet. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 40: 253-277
Bion, F. (1978) (Untitled) Read at W.R. Bion Seminar,
Paris, July 1978 Available on BPAS
website www.psychoanalysis.org.uk
Bion, F. (1981) Tribute to Dr Wilfred R. Bion at the
Memorial Meeting. International Review
of Psychoanalysis, 8: 3-5
Bion, F. (1990) Life is Full of Surprises. Tribute to
Wilfred Ruprecht Bion on the 10th
anniversary of his death. Paris 1989.
Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 8: 1-7
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 114

114

Bion, F. (1995) The Days of our Years. Journal of Melanie


Klein Society and Object Relations, 13: 1-30
Bion Talamo, P. PS↔D. Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII:
(1981) 626-639
Bion Talamo, P. A Freudian Innovator. British Journal of
(1997c) Psychotherapy, 14: 47-59
Bion Talamo, P. The Clinical Relevance of A Memoir of
(1997d) the Future. Journal of Melanie Klein Society
and Object Relations, 15: 235-241 also
read at the XXXXIX IPA Congress: see
Vergopulo, T. (1996)
Blackwell, D. (1998) Bounded Instability, Group Analysis
and the Matrix: Organizations under
Stress. Group Analysis, 31: 532-546
Borgogno, F. (2004) On the Patient’s Becoming an
Individual: the Importance of the
Analyst’s Personal Response To a
Deprived Patient and his Dreams.
Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
14: 475-502
Boris, H.N. (1986) Bion Revisited. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 22: 159-184
Boris, H.N. (1987) Tolerating Nothing. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 23: 351-366
Borriello, J.F (1976) Leadership in the Therapist-centred
Group-as-a-whole Psychotherapy
Approach. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 26: 149-162
Brearley, M. (1994) Captains and Cricket Teams: Therapists
and Groups: Group Analysis and Sport.
Group Analysis, 27: 231-249
Brearley, M. (2002) Psychoanalysis and the Body-Mind
Problem. Ratio, 5: 429-443
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 115

115

Bria, P. (1981) Catastrophe and Transformations—


“Geometries” of the Mind in the Bion’s
Transformational Perspective:
Considerations in Terms of Bi-logical
Epistemology. Rivista di Psicoanalisi,
XXVII: 503-522
Bridge, M. (2000) ‘Relating to the Superego’.
O’Shaughnessy, E. 1999 (review).
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 199-209
Britton, R. (2004) Subjectivity, Objectivity and Triangular
Space. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 73: 47-61
Britton, R., Interpretation: Selected Fact or
Steiner, J. (1994b) Overvalued Idea?
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
75: 1069-1078
Brookes, S. (2002) ‘It Seems to Have to Do with Something
Else—’Henry James’s What Maisie Knew
and Bion’s Theory of Thinking.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
83: 419-431
Brown, D.G. (1979) Some Reflections on Bion’s Basic
Assumptions from a Group-Analytic
Point of View. Group Analysis, 12
Brown, D.G. (1983) Discussion on paper by Wilson, S.
(1983) Group Analysis, 16: 158
Brown, L.J. (2005) The Cognitive Effect of Trauma:
Reversal of alpha Function and the
Formation of a beta Screen.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 74: 397-420
Brown, S.R. (1989) A Brief Note on Harris’s
Characterization of Interpretation by
the Kleinian School. Journal of Melanie
Klein School and Object Relations, 7: 82-88
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 116

116

Brunet, L., A Review of the Concepts of


Casoni, D. (1996) Symbolization and Projection:
Identification to the Patient’s Use of the
Analyst. Canadian Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 4: 109-127
Brunet, L. A Necessary Illusion: Projective
Casoni, D. (2001) Identification and the Containing
Function. Canadian Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 9: 137-163
Brunner, L.D. (2002) Groups and Work in the Past and
Present: a Conversation with Eric
Miller. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 2: 156-171
Bucca, M. (2007) The Clinical Thinking of Bion and the
Art of the Zen Garden. Journal of the
American Academy of Psychoanalysis,
35: 659-668
Burke, J.B., Learning from Experience in Case
Sarnat, J.E., Conference: a Bionian Approach
St. John, C. (2007) to Teaching and Consulting. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 88: 981-1000
Campart, M. (1998) Donald Meltzer’s Contribution to a
Psychoanalytical Theory of the Teaching
and Learning Process. Journal of Melanie
Klein Trust and Object Relations,
16: 285-314
Caper, R. (1975) Psychological Forces Supporting
Totalitarian Systems. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 11: 161-174
Capozzi, P., The Meaning of Dreams in the
de Masi, F., Psychotic STATE: Theoretical
Slotkin, P. (2001) Considerations and Clinical
Applications. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 82: 933-952
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 117

117

Cardona, F. (2003) The Manager’s Most Precious Skill: the


Capacity to be ‘Psychologically Present’.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
3: 226-235
Carere-Comes, T. On ‘Whose Bion? Who is Bion?’
(2006) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 581-582
Carlyle, J., Evans, C. Containing Containers Attention to the
(2005) ‘Interface’ and ‘Outerface’ of Groups in
Institutions. Group Analysis,
28: 396-408
Carnochan, P.G.H. Containers without Lids.
(2006) Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 16: 341-362
Carpelan, H. (1989) Reflections on Bion’s Container
Function and its Pathology. Scandinavian
Psychoanalytic Review, 12: 145-161
Carter, T.N. (1974) Group Psychological Phenomena of a
Political System as Satirized in Animal
Farm: an Application of W.R. Bion.
Human Relations, 27: 525-546
Cartwright, D. The Reversal of Pathological Projective
(1997) Identifications: The Problem of Patient
Receptivity. British Journal of
Psychotherapy, 15: 3-17
Caruso, S. (2002) On the Conjunction of Basic
Assumptions in the Enlarged Group:
A New Hypothesis Added to Bion’s
Group Therapy. International Forum of
Psychoanalysis, 11: 244-254
Carver, D. (1998) Is there a Future in Disillusion? Insight
Psychotherapy in the New Millennium.
Journal of Melanie Klein Trust and Object
Relations, 16: 555-587
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 118

118

Cavell, M. (2000) Knowledge, Consensus and


Uncertainty. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 80: 1215-1226
Cavell, M. (2003) The Social Character of Thinking.
Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 51: 803-825
Charles, M. (1998) On Wondering: Creating Openings into
the Analytic Space. Journal of Melanie
Klein and Object Relations,
16: 367-387
Charles, M. (2001) The Language of the Body.
Psychoanalytic Psychology, 18: 340-364
Charles, M. (2002) Bion’s Grid: A Tool for Transformation.
Journal of the American Academy of
Psychoanalysis and Dynamic Psychiatry,
30: 429-445
Chasseguet- An Encounter Between the ‘Wise Baby’
Smirgel, J. (1987) and one of his Grandsons: Ferenczi and
Bion. Free Associations, 10: 57-62
Chessick, R.D. Psychoanalytic Listening—with
(1982) Special Reference to the Views of Langs.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
18: 613-634
Chuster, A., The Clinical Value of the Ideas of
Frankiel, R.V. (2002) Wilfred Bion. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 83: 463-467
Civitarese, G. (2005) Fire at the Theatre: Unreality of/in the
Transference and Interpretation.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
86: 1299-1316
Cohen, B.D. (2000) Group Psychotherapy as the Century
Turns: Towards a Philosophy of Care.
Group, 24: 93-103
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 119

119

Colin, J.D. (1984) Bion’s “Containing” and Winnicott’s


“Holding in the Context of the Group
Matrix”. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 34: 201-213
Collie, A. (2005) The Dynamics of Large Groups and
their Effects on Organisational
Functioning. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 5: 1-14
Colman, W. (2007) Symbolic Conceptions: The Idea of the
Third. Journal of Analytical Psychology,
52: 565-583
Cooper, P.C. (1998) Sense and Non-Sense: Phenomenology,
Buddhist and Psychoanalysis. Journal of
Religion and Health, 37: 357-370
Cooper, P.C. (2001) The Gap Between: Being and Knowing
in Zen Buddhism and Psychoanalysis.
American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
61: 341-362
Cooper, P.C. (2002) Between Wonder and Doubt:
Psychoanalysis in the Goal-free Zone.
American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
62: 95-118
Cooper, P.C. (2004) Oscillations: Zen and Psychoanalytic
Versions. Journal of Religion and Health,
44: 233-243
Cooper, V.S. (1992) To Learn or not to Learn: Early
Formulations and the Significance of
Play. Journal of Melanie Klein Trust and
Object Relations, 10: 88-102
Copley, B. (1987) Explorations with Families. Journal of
Child Psychotherapy, 13: 93-108
Corrao, F. (1981b) Bion’s Model of Transformation of
Thought. Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII:
684-704
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 120

120

Corrao, F., ‘Introduction’ to Monographic Number


Neri, C. (Eds.) dedicated to the work of W.R. Bion.
(1981a) Rivista di Psicoanalisi,
XXVII: 363-383
Corti, A. (1981) From Melanie Klein to Wilfred Bion.
Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 384-406
Craig, G. (2000) Talking to Himself Being Together.
British Journal of Psychotherapy,
17: 203-232 [see also Robinson,
H.T. (2000a)]
Crawford, E. (2000) Process Thought: A Comparison of
Wilfred Bion and Alfred North
Whitehead. Interchange-Ontario,
31: 159-177
Crociani- What Can’t be Cured ... May be
Windland, L. (2003) Enjoyed: Integrative Dynamics and
Siena’s Palio. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 3: 101-120
Culbert-Koehn, J. Between Bion and Jung: a Talk with
(1997) James Grotstein. San Francisco Jung
Institute Library Journal, 15: 415-432
Culbert-Koehn, J. Where is James Grotstein? Journal of
(1998) Analytical Psychology, 43: 69-75
Culbert-Koehn, J. Classical Jung Meets Klein and Bion.
(2000) Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
10: 443-455
Da Silva, G. (1990) Borborygmi as Markers of Psychic Work
during the Analytic Session:
a Contribution To Freud’s ‘Experience
of Satisfaction’ and to Bion’s Idea about
the Digestive Model of the Thinking
Apparatus. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 71: 641-659
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 121

121

Da Silva, G. (1997) The Emergence of Thinking: Bion as the


Link between Freud and the
Neurosciences—availableon line at
www.sicap.it/americai/papers/silva.
HTM
Dartington, T. (2004) In Defence of Inefficiency. Organisational
and Social Dynamics, 4: 296-310
Davar, E. (2002) Whose History? Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 2: 231-244
Davison, S.C. (2002) Bion’s Perspectives on Psychoanalytic
Matters. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 83: 913-917
De Berker, P.U. Perspective: the Concepts of Bion and
(1971) Klein. Bulletin of the British Association of
Psychotherapy, 8: 46-47
De Masi, F. (1997) Intimidation at the Helm: Superego and
Hallucinations in the Analytic
Treatment of a Psychosis. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
78: 561-575
De Masi, F. (2000) The Unconscious and Psychosis:
Some Considerations of the
Psychoanalytic Theory of Psychosis.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis
81: 1-20
De Masi, F. (2003) On the Nature of Intuitive and
Delusional Thought: its Implications in
Clinical Work with Psychotic Patients.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
84: 1149-1170
De Matteos, J.A.G. Pre-conception and Transference.
(1998a) Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Group
Relations, 16: 683-708
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 122

122

De Matteos, J.A.G. An Interview with W.R. Bion.


(1998b) Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 17: 5-21
De Moraes Ribeiro, Hostile and Benign Reverie. Journal of
M.M. (1999) Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 17: 161-180
Dehing, J. (1994) Containment: an Archetype?—
Meaning of Madness in Jung and Bion.
Journal of Analytical Psychology,
39: 419-461
Di Chiara, G. (1981) Psychoanalysis as a Science: the
Contribution of W.R. Bion. Rivista di
Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 459-479
Diamond, M., Moral Violence in Organizations:
Allcorn, S. (2004) Hierarchic Dominance and the Absence
of Potential Space. Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 4: 22-45
Dicks, H.N. (1969) The State of Psychotherapy in British
Psychiatry. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 125: 1232-1238
Duncan, D. (1981) A Thought on the Nature of
Psychoanalytic Theory. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 62: 339-349
Durán, C. (1997) An Analysis of Formal and Informal
Fallacies using Bi-Logic. Journal of
Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
15: 329-341
Durban, J. (2003) On Becoming an Analyst and Becoming
a Healer: Dedication, Choice, Training
and Qualification Processes of Healers
in Cultures around the World.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
3: 83-100
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 123

123

Eaton, J. (2005) The Obstructive Object. Psychoanalytic


Review, 92: 355-372
Ehrlich, H.S. (2004) Dependency, Autonomy and the Politics
of Survival. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 4: 285-297
Eigen, M. (1981a) The Area of Faith in Winnicott, Lacan
and Bion. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 62: 413-433 [also in
Eigen, M. (1993a): 109-130]
Eigen, M. (1981b) Reflections on Eating and Breathing as
Models of Mental Functions. American
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41: 177-180
Eigen, M. (1985a) The Sword of Grace: Flannery
O’Connor, Wilfred Bion and D.W.
Winnicott. Psychoanalytic
Review, 72: 335-346 [also in Eigen, M.
(1998a): 211-223
Eigen, M. (1985b) Toward Bion’s Starting Point: Between
Catastrophe and Faith. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 66: 321-330
Eigen, M. (1985c) Discussion of “Recovering Bion’s
Contributions to Group Analysis”.
American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
45: 341-347
Eigen, M. (1991) The Immoral Conscience. The
Psychotherapy, Patient, 7: 33-42 also in
Eigen, M. 1996: 91-100]
Eigen, M. (1992b) The Fire that Never Goes Out.
Psychoanalytic Review, 79: 271-287 [also
in Eigen, M. (1998a): 45-60]
Eigen, M. (1995a) On Bion’s No-thing. Journal of Melanie
Klein Society and Object Relations 13: 31-36
[also in Eigen, M. (1996a): 45-48]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 124

124

Eigen, M. (1995b) Moral Violence: Space, Time, Causality—


Definition. Journal of Melanie Klein Society
and Object Relations, 13: 37-45 [also in
Eigen, M. (1996a): 49-54]
Eigen, M. (1995c) Two Kinds of No-thing. Journal of
Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
13: 46-63 [also in Eigen, M. (1996a):
55-68]
Eigen, M. (1995d) Stories in a Stream. Psychoanalytic
Review, 82 [also in Eigen, M. 1995d:
45-60]
Eigen, M. (1995e) The Destructive Force Within.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 31: 603-616
[reprinted as ‘The Destructive Force’. in
Eigen, M. (1996a): 25-36]
Eigen, M. (1997) Musings on O. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 15: 213-226
[also in Eigen, M. 1998a: 81-94]
Eigen, M. (1998c) Empty and Violent Nourishment.
Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 16: 349-365
Eigen, M. (2002b) Mysticism and Psychoanalysis.
Psychoanalytic Review, 88: 455-481 [also
in Eigen, M. (2004a): 36-61]
Eigen, M. (2002c) A Basic Rhythm. Psychoanalytic
Review, 89: 721-740 [also in Eigen, M.
(2004a): 18-35]
Eigen, M. (2002d) Half and Half. Fort-Da 8 [also in Eigen,
M. (2004a): 62-73]
Eigen, M. (2004b) A Little Psyche Music. Psychoanalytic
Dialogues, 14: 119-130 [also in Eigen, M.
(2004a: 74-84]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 125

125

Eisold, K. (1985) Recovering Bion’s Contributions to


Psychoanalysis. American Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 45: 327-340 [also in
Colman, A.D., Geller, M.H. (Eds.)
(1985): 37-48]
Eisold, K. (2005) Using Bion. Psychoanalytic Psychology,
22: 357-369
Elliott, A. (1995) Psychoanalysis and the Seductions of
Post-Modernity: Reflections on
Reflexive Thinking and Scanning in
Self-Identity. Psychoanalysis and
Contemporary Thought, 18: 319-361
Emanuel, R. (2001) A—Void: An Exploration of Defences
against Nothingness. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 82: 1062-1084
Emery, E. (1992) The Envious Eye: Concerning some
Aspects of Envy from Wilfred Bion to
Harold Boris. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 10: 19-29
Emery, E. (2000) Facing “O”: Wilfred Bion, Emmanuel
Levinas and the Face of the Other.
Psychoanalytiic Review,
87: 799-840
Ernst, S. (1999) Response to Hinshelwood, R.D. (1999)
Group Analysis, 32: 489-494
Ervin, T.J. (1999) Catching the Drift: Exploring the
Reverie of the Analysand. Dissertation
Abstracts (International), B60 (4-b): 1850
Feinsilver, D.B. Transitional Relatedness and
(1980) Containment in the Treatment of a
Chronic Schizophrenic Patient.
International Review of Psychoanalysis,
7: 309-318
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 126

126

Feinsilver, D.B. Transitional Relatedness, Containment


(1989) and the Transference Neurosis.
International Review of Psychoanalysis,
16: 433-448
Feldman, M. (1997) Projective Identification: the Analyst’s
Involvement. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 78: 227-241
Ferro, A. (1996) Carla’s Panic Attacks: Insight and
Transformation. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 76: 997-1011
Ferro, A. (2002a) Some Implications of Bion’s Thought:
the Waking Dream and Narrative
Derivatives. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 83: 597-607
Ferro, A. (2002b) Superego Transformations through the
Analyst’s Capacity for Reverie.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
71: 477-501
Ferro, A. (2002c) Narrative Derivatives of Alpha
Elements. International Forum of
Psychoanalysis, 11: 184-187
Ferro, A. (2005b) Bion: Theoretical and Clinical
Observations. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 86: 1535-1542
Ferro, A. (2005c) Which Reality in the Psychoanalytic
Session? Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
74: 421-442
Ferro, A. (2006) Clinical Implications of Bion’s Work.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 989-1003
Ferro, A. (2006a) Clinical Implications of Bion’s Thought.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 989-1003
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 127

127

Ferro, A. (2006b) Trauma, Reverie and Field.


Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 75: 1045-1056
Fisher, J.V. (2000b) A Father’s Abdication: Lear’s Retreat
from ‘Æsthetic Conflict’. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 963-982
Fisher, J.V. (2006a) The Marriage of the Macbeths. Journal of
the British Association of Psychotherapists,
44: 19-35
Fisher, J.V. (2006b) The Emotional Experience of K.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1222-1237
Fisher, N.V. (2006) The Emotional Experience of K.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1221-1237
Forbes, S. (1977) Bion and the Future of Psychoanalysis.
Samiska, 31: 51-79
Fordham, M. (1988) The Androgyne: Some Inconclusive
Reflections on Sexual Perversions.
Journal of Analytical Psychology,
33: 217-228
Fornari, F. (1981) From Freud to Bion. Rivista di
Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 662-683
Fraher, A. (2004) Systems Psychodynamics: the Formative
Years (1895-1967). Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 4: 191-211
Frankel, R.V. (2002) The Clinical Value of the Ideas of
Wilfred Bion. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
83: 463-467
Frankiel, R.V. (2002) The Clinical Value of the Ideas of
Wilfred Bion. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 83: 463-467
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 128

128

French, R. (1999a) The Importance of Capacities in


Psychoanalysis and the Language of
Human Development. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 1215-1226
Gaddini, E. (1981) Paths through the Creativity of Bion.
Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 384-406
Gaddini, R. (1981) Bion’s “Catastrophic Change” and
Winnicott’s “Breakdown”. Rivista di
Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 610-626
Gale, J. (2007) Xenophon and Management: Lessons in
Management. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 7: 1-19
Gammelgaard, J. Metaphor of Listening. Scandinavian
(1998) Psychoanalytic Review, 21: 151-167
Gardner, F. (1980) Know What I Mean?: an Exploration
into Knowing what is Meant. British
Journal of Psychotherapy,
6: 440-447
Geyer, M. (1995) Exploration of the Unknown in a Safe
Enough Environment. Journal of
Analytical Social Work, 2: 15-29
Godbout, C. (2004) Reflections on Bion’s Elements of
Psychoanalysis,: Experience, Thought
and Growth. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 85: 1123-1136
Godsil, G. (2005) Reflections on Death and Mourning in
Relation to Dickens’ Novel Our Mutual
Friend. Journal of Analytical Psychology,
50: 469-481
Godwin, R.W. (1991) Wilfred Bion and David Bohm: Toward
a Quantum Metapsychology.
Psychoanalysis and Contemporary
Thought, 14: 625-654
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 129

129

Godwin, R.W. Psychoanalysis, Chaos and Complexity:


(1994a) the Evolving Mind as a Dissipative
Structure. Journal of Melanie Klein Society
and Objective Relations, 12: 17-39
Godwin, R.W. On the Function of Enemies: the
(1994b) Articulation and Containment of the
Unthought Self. Journal of Psychohistory,
22: 79-102
Godwin, R.W. Contemporary Adaptations to the
(1995) Burden of Mindedness: Articulating on
the Unthought Self Through Political
Discourse. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations,
13: 65-90
Golberg, R. (2002) A Struggle for Communication with a
Patient in an Intensive N.H.S.
Psychotherapy. Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy,
16: 142-159
Gold, S. (2004) Swimming with Sharks: The Politics of
Survival in the Large Group.
Socio-Analysis, 6: 1-19
Gold, S. (2006) Are the Basic Assumptions Basic?
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
6: 86-94
Goldberg, J.E. The Role of Unconscious Factors in
(2004) Small Group Leadership Emergence.
Dissertation Abstracts,
(International), 64 (7-B): 3522
Gooch, J.A. (1993) An Elementary Description of Bion’s
Grid with Clinical Exemplification.
Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 11: 47-56
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 130

130

Gooch, J.A. (2001) Bion’s Perspective on Psychoanalytic


Technique. (shortened version of paper
given at 42nd IPA Congress, Nice, July
2001 Available on BPAS website
www.psychoanalysis.org.uk)
Goodwin, R.W. Psychoanalysis, Chaos and Community:
(1994) the Evolving Mind as a Dissipative
Structure. Journal of Melanie Klein and
Object Relations, 12: 17-39
Gosling, R.H. On Bion. Tavistock Journal (Diamond
(1980a) Jubilee Issue), 22
Gosling, R.H. Obituary: Wilfred Bion. Group Analysis,
(1980b) 13: 4-5
Gould, L. (1998) Correspondences Between Bion’s Basic
Assumption Theory and Klein’s
Developmental Positions: an Outline.
Free Associations, 41: 15-30
Goulston, W. (1985) When the Group is Not Working: how
Knowledge of Bion’s Work Processes
can Aid the Teacher in the Classroom.
College Students Journal,
19: 98-101
Graham, R. (1987) The Concept of Alexithymia in the Light
of the Work of Bion. British Journal of
Psychotherapy, 4: 364-379
Granström, K. (1986) Interactional Dynamics Between
Teen-age Leaders and Followers in the
Classroom. Journal of School Psychology,
24: 335-341
Green, A. (1998) The Primordial Mind and the Work of
the Negative. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 79: 649-665 (also in Bion
Talamo (2000a): 108-128)
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 131

131

Greene, J.C. (1967) Thought Disorder. International Journal


of Psychoanalysis, 48: 525-535
Grinberg, L. (1984) Metapsychological and Clinical
Dimensions of the Work of Wilfred
Bion. Journal of Melanie Klein Society and
Object Relations, 2: 58-81
Grinberg, L. (1996) Panel at XXXIX IPA Congress
[Panel Chair] “Bion’s Contribution to Psychoanalytic
Theory and Technique”. Panellists: E.T.
Bianchedi: P. Bion Talamo: J. Grotstein:
E. O’Shaughnessy. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 77: 575-577
Grinberg, L., Modalities of Object Relationships
Grinberg, R. on the Psychoanalytic Process.
(1981a) Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 17: 290-320
Grinberg, L. et al Bion’s Concepts of Psychosis.
(1974) Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 10: 157-171
Grotstein, J.S. The Psychoanalytic Concept of
(1977a) Schizophrenia: I The Dilemma.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
58: 403-425
Grotstein, J.S. The Psychoanalytic Concept of
(1977b) Schizophrenia: II Reconciliation.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
58: 427-452
Grotstein, J.S. Inner Space: its Dimensions and its
(1978) Coordinates. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 59: 55-61
Grotstein, J.S. Who is the Dreamer, Who Dreams the
(1979a) Dream and Who is the Dreamer who
Understands it? Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 15: 110-169 [revised
version in Grotstein (1981a): 357-416]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 132

132

Grotstein, J.S. Comments and Criticisms [regarding


(1979b) 1979a]. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
15: 484-487
Grotstein, J.S. Wilfred R. Bion: the Man, the
(1981c) Psychoanalyst, the Mystic—a
Perspective on his Life and Work.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 17: 501-536
[also in Grotstein (1981a): 1-36]
Grotstein, J.S. Making the Best of a Bad Deal—on
(1987) Harold Boris’ “Bion Revisited”.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
23: 60-76
Grotstein, J.S. “The Black Hole” as the Basic Psychotic
(1990a) Experience: some Newer Psychoanalytic
and Neuroscience Perspectives on
Psychosis. Journal of the American
Academy of Psychoanalysis,
18: 29-46
Grotstein, J.S. The Importance of Nothingness,
(1990b) Meaningless, Chaos in Psychoanalysis.
Part I. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
26: 257-290
Grotstein, J.S. Nothingness, Meaningless, Chaos and
(1990c) the “Black Hole”. Part II. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 26: 377-407
Grotstein, J.S. Nothingness, Meaningless, Chaos and
(1991) the “Black Hole”. Part III Self
Regulation and the Background
Presence of Primary Identification.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 27: 1-33
Grotstein, J.S. Understanding the Work of Wilfred R.
(1993a) Bion. (editorial). Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 11: 1-2
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 133

133

Grotstein, J.S. Towards the Concept of the


(1993b) Transcendent Position: Reflections on
some of “The Unborn” in Bion’s
Cogitations. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 11: 57-75
Grotstein, J.S. Projective Identification and
(1994a) Counter-transference: a Brief
Commentary on their Relationship.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
30: 578-592
Grotstein, J.S. Projective Identification, a Reappraisal.
(1994b) Part I. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
30: 708-746
Grotstein, J.S. Projective Identification, a Reappraisal.
(1995a) Part II. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
31: 479-511
Grotstein, J.S. A Reassessment of the Couch in
(1995b) Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
15: 396-405
Grotstein, J.S. ‘Bion’s Transformation in ‘O’, the
(1996) “Thing-in-Itself” and the “Real”:
Toward the Concept of the
“Transcendent Position”. Journal of
Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
14: 109-142 [also read at XXXIX IPA.
Congress. see Vergopoulo, T. (1996) and
published as “Bion’s “Transformations
in ‘O’” and the Concept of the
“Transcendent Position”. in Bion
Talamo (Ed.) 2000a: 129-144]
Grotstein, J.S. Integrating One-person and Two-person
(1997a) Psychologies: Autochthony and Alterity
in Counterpoint. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 66: 406-430
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 134

134

Grotstein, J.S. Bion: the Pariah of ‘O’. British Journal


(1997b) of Psychotherapy, 14: 77-90
Grotstein, J.S. The Numinous and Immanent Nature
(1998a) of the Psychoanalytic Subject. Journal of
Analytical Psychology, 43: 41-68
Grotstein, J.S. Notes on Bion’s ‘[Notes on] Memories
(2000b) and Desire’. Journal of the American
Academy of Psychoanalysis and Dynamic
Psychiatry, 28: 687-694
Grotstein, J.S. Bion on Free Association. Rivista di
(2001) Psicoanalisi, 365-373 [special issue for
‘Free Association and Free-Floating
Discourse’ Neri, C. (Ed.)]
Grotstein, J.S. Commentary on Maria Charles.
(2002a) (2002). Journal of the American Academy of
Psychoanalysis and Dynamic Psychiatry,
30: 447-450
Grotstein, J.S. One Pilgrim’s Progress toward the
(2002b) Psychoanalytical Citadel. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 22: 90-105
Grotstein, J.S. The Seventh Servant: the Implications
(2004a) of a Truth Drive in Bion’s Theory of ‘O’.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 1081-1101
Grotstein, J.S. “The Light Militia of the Lower Sky: the
(2004b) Deeper Nature of Dreaming and
Phantasying. Psychoanalytic Dialogue,
14: 99-118
Grotstein, J.S. Projective Transidentification:
(2005a) an Extension of the Concept of
Projective Identification. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
86: 1051-1069
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 135

135

Grotstein, J,S. Notes on the Superego: Phantasies from


(2005b) the Kleinian/Bionian Perspective.
Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 24: 257-270
Grotstein, J.S. Reply to Dr Anderson. (letter to the
(2006a) editor) International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 87: 268-269
Grotstein, J.S. “On: Whose Bion?”. (letter to the editor)
(2006b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 577-579
Gustafson, J.P., Self-Esteem in Group Therapy.
Hartman, J.J. (1978) Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
14: 311-329
Haigh, R. (2000) Staff Sensitivity Groups. Advances in
Psychiatric Treatment, 6: 312-319
Haigh, R. (2005) Charismatic Ideas: Coming or Going?
Therapeutic Communities, 26: 367-384
Halton, A. (1980) T.S. Eliot and W.R. Bion: Some
Thoughts on Two Thinkers. Tavistock
Gazette Diamond Jubilee edition: 25-27
Halton, M. (1988) The Group and the Œdipal Situation.
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 12: 241-258
Hamilton, N.G. Intrapsychic and Interpersonal
(1989) Projective Identification. Journal of
Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
7: 31-42
Hamilton, N.G. The Containing Function and the
(1990) Analyst’s Projective Identification.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
71: 445-453
Harris, A. (2004) The Relational Unconscious:
Commentary on Papers by Michael
Eigen and James Grotstein.
Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 14: 131-137
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 136

136

Harris, M. (1980) Bion’s Conception of a Psychoanalytic


Attitude. Tavistock Gazette Diamond
Jubilee edition, 21
Harrison, T., The Northfield Experiments. British
Clarke, D. (1992) Journal of Psychiatry, 160: 698-708
Hartke, R. (2005) The Basic Traumatic Situation in the
Analytical Relationship. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 86: 276-290
Haugsgjerd, S. Can Psychoanalytic Theory Contribute
(1994) to the Understanding and Treatment of
Schizophrenia? Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica Supplement,
384: 153-156
Hautmann, G. My Debt towards Bion: From
(1981) Psycho-analysis as a Theory to
Psycho-analysis as a Mental Function.
Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 573-592
Higgins, G., The Psychodynamics of an Inter-group
Bridger, H. (1964) Experience. Human Relations,
17: 391-446
Hill, J. (1992) A Brief Personal Memoir of Wilfred
Bion 9: 70-73 reprinted in British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 21: 323-327.
Hindle, D. (2000) ‘L’Enfant et les Sortilèges’ Revisited.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 1185-1196
Hinshelwood, R.D. How Foulkesian was Bion? (S.H.
(1999a) Foulkes Annual Lecture). Group
Analysis, 32: 469-488
Hinshelwood, R.D. Countertransference. International
(1999c) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 797-818
Hinshelwood, R.D. Two Early Experimenters with Groups.
(2004) Group Analysis, 37: 323-333
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 137

137

Holmes, J. ( 2005) Notes on Mentalizing—Old Hate or


New Wine? British Journal of
Psychotherapy, 22: 179-197
Home, M. et al Philosophical Assumptions in Freud,
(2000) Jung and Bion: Questions of Causality.
Journal of Analytical Psychology,
45: 109-121
Hopper, E. (1997) The Fourth Basic Assumption. Free
Associations, 30: 49-70
Horne, M., Sowa, A., Philosophical Assumptions in Freud,
Isenman, D. (2000) Jung and Bion. Journal of Analytical
Psychology, 47: 463-467
Horwitz, L. (1995) Discussion of “Group as a Whole”.
International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 45: 143-148
Huebner, C.E. et al Containing Violence: A Case Study
(2004) Illustration of Bion’s Container-
Contained Model as Applied to Mother-
Infant Intervention. Clinical Social Work
Journal, 32: 141-157
Imbasciati, A. Towards a Psychoanalytical Model of
(1989) Cognitive Processes: Representation,
Perception, Memory. International
Review of Psychoanalysis, 16: 223-236
Imbasciati, A. (2002) An Explanatory for Psychoanalysis.
International Forum of Psychoanalysis,
11: 173-183
Jackson, M. (1992) Learning to Think of Schizoid Thinking.
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
6: 191-203
Jacobson, L. (1989) The Group as an Object in the Cultural
Field. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 39: 475-497
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 138

138

Jacobus, M. (1999a) The Pain in the Patient’s Knee. Journal of


Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
17: 223-238
Jacobus, M. (2000) The Unexpected: Bionic Woman at the
Millennium. Women—a Cultural Review,
11: 77-94
James, D.C. (1984) Bion’s “Containing” and Winnicott’s
“Holding” in the Context of the Group
Matrix. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 34: 201-213
James, K., Containment of Anxiety in
Huffington, C. Organisational Change: a Case Example
(2004) of Changing Organisational Boundaries.
Organisational and Social Dynamic,
4: 212-233
James, K., Jarrett, M. The Elusive “Dream Team”: CEO or
(2003) Consultant Fantasy? Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 3: 61-82
Jaques, E. (1948) Interpretive Group Discussion as a
Method of Facilitating Social Change.
Human Relation, 1: 533-549
Jaques, E. (1982) Wilfred R. Bion: Reflections on his Life
and Work. American Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 42: 249-252
Jemstedt, A. (2000) Potential Space: the Place of Encounter
Between Inner and Outer Reality.
International Forum of Psychoanalysis,
9: 124-131
Joseph, B. (1999) Appreciation: Parthenope Bion Talamo.
British Journal of Psychotherapy, 15: 368-369
Josephs, L.K. (1989) The World of the Concrete: a
Comparative Approach. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 25: 477-500
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 139

139

Karlsson, G. (2000) The Question of Truth: Claims in


Psychoanalysis. Scandinavian
Psychoanalytic Review, 23: 3-24
Karterud, S. (1988) The Valence Theory of Bion and the
Significance of (DSM III) Diagnoses for
in-patient Group Behavior. Acta
Psychologica Scandinanvica, 78
Karterud, S. (1989) A Study of Bion’s Basic Assumption
Groups. Human Relations, 42: 315-335
Keller, J. (1998) An Imperfect Witness: Primary Diadic
Failure in Beckett’s Watt. Journal of
Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
16: 589-608
Kernberg, O. (1975) Summary of Two Symposia on Bion.
Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 35
Kernberg, O. (1984) The Couch at Sea: Psychoanalytic
Studies of Group and Organizational
Leadership. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 34: 5-23 [also in Colman,
A.D., Geller, M.H. (Eds.) (1985):
399-412]
Kernberg, O., Bion, a Binocular View. International
Ahumada, J.C. Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 991-994
(2000)
Khaleelee, O. (2003) Is the Very Small the Family at Work?
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
3: 250-266
Killick, K. (1993) Working with Psychotic Processes in
Art Therapy. Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy, 7: 25-38
Kirsch, J., Group Process in Jungian Analytic
Spradin, S. (2006) Training and Institute Life. Journal of
Analytic Psychology, 51: 357-380
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 140

140

Kjellqvist, E. (1996) The Creative Room. Scandinavian


Psychoanalytic Review,
19: 165-179
Knapp, B.L. (1997) Beckett’s That Time: Exile and that
“Double-Headed Monster”. Journal of
Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
15: 493-511
Korbivcher, C.F. The Theory of Transformations and
(2005) Autistic States: Autistic
Transformations: a Proposal.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
86: 1595-1616
Kosseff, J.W. (2001) Wilfred Bion: The Questing Man. Group,
25: 243-251
Lafarge, L. (1989) Emptiness as Defense in Severe
Regressive States. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association,
37: 965-995
Lafarge, L. (2000) Interpretation and Containment.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 67-84
Lamanno-Adamo, Aspects of a Compliant Container:
V.L.C. (2006) Considering Narcissistic Personality
Configurations. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 87: 369-382
Landaiche, N.M. Engaged Research: Encouraging a
(2006) Transactional Analysis Training Group
through Bion’s. Concept of Containing.
Transactional Analysis Journal,
35: 147-156
Landau, M. (1993) Reflections about Container and
Contained. Israel Journal of
Psychotherapy, 7: 103-110
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 141

141

Lansky, M.R. (1998) Bion and the Philosophical Crisis in


Psychoanalysis. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 16: 709-731
Lawrence, W.G. The Fifth Basic Assumption. Free
(1996) Associations, 37: 28-55 [also in
Lawrence (2000): 92-119]
(with Bain, A., Gould, L.J.)
Lawrence, W.G. Social Dreaming Illuminating Social
(2001) Change. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 2: 78-93
Lawrence, W.G. Social Dreaming as Sustained Thinking.
(2003a) Human Relations, 56: 609-624
Lawrence, W.G. Thinking of the Unconscious, and the
(2005) Infinite, of Society during Dark Times.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
5: 57-72
Lazar, R.A. (2004) Bye George!—America’s George W.
Bush and Austria’s Joerg Halder—two
Examples Of Basic Assumption
Leadership as Opposed to Containment
Leadership in Contemporary Politics.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
4: 247-267
Lecher, J. (2006) The Unconscious as Paradox: Impact on
the Epistemological Stance of the Art
Therapist. Arts in Psychotherapy,
33: 130-134
Leite, T.R. (1997) Retaking the First Steps towards
Symbolisation. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 78: 733-753
Levine, D.P. (2002) Thinking about Doing: in Learning from
Experience and the Flight from
Thinking. Human Relations, 55: 1251-1268
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 142

142

Levine, D.P. (2003) Hate in Groups and the Struggle for in


Individual Identity. Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 3: 191-206
Levine, H.B. (2006) Seeds of Illness, Seeds of Recovery: the
Genesis of Suffering and the Role of
Psychoanalysis. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association,
54: 670-677
Lichtenberg- The Feminine/Prenatal Weaving in
Ettinger, B. (1997) Matrixial Subjectivity-as-Encounter.
Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
7: 367-405
Likierman, M. (2006) Unconscious Experience: Relational
Perspectives. Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
16: 365-376
Lima, E.V. (2002) Non-Discursive Expressive Elements
and their Role in the Construction of
Meaning in the Psychoanalytic
Situation. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 83: 121-135
Lipgar, R.M. (1994) The Unconscious from a
Group-as-Whole Perspective: A Dream
in the Context of a Training Group.
Group Analysis, 27: 287-299
Lipgar, R.M. (2006) Learning from Bion’s Legacy to Groups.
European Journal of Psychotherapy and
Counselling, 8: 79-91
Little, G. (1993) Bion, Small Groups and the Analysis of
Political Eras. Group Analysis,
26: 307-324
Loewenthal, D. The Leader and the Group: Freud, Bion
(2006) and Europe. Journal European Journal of
Psychotherapy and Counselling, 8: 1-2
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 143

143

Lohmer, M., The Consultant Between the Lines of


Ross, L.A. (2006) Fire: the Dynamics of Trust, Mistrust
and Containment in Organisations.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
6: 42-62
Lombardi, R. (2002) Primitive Mental States and the Body:
a Personal View of Orlando B. Ferrari’s
Concrete Original Object. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
83: 363-381
Lombardi, R. (2003) Mental Models and Language Registers
in the Psychoanalysis of Psychosis: an
Overview of a Thirteen-year Analysis.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
84: 843-865
Long, S. (1992a) Working with Potential Space:
Individuals, Groups and Organisations.
Australian Journal of Psychotherapy,
11: 64-78
Long, S. (2002) Organisational Destructivity and the
Perverse State of Mind. Organisational
and Social Dynamics, 2: 179-207
Lopez-Corvo, R.E. The Forgotten Self: with the Case of
(2006) Bion’s Theory of Negative Links.
Psychoanalytic Review,
93: 363-377
Lucas, R. (1992) The Psychotic personality: a
Psychoanalytic Theory and its
Application in Clinical Practice.
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 6: 73-79
Lussana, P. (1981) The Change in the Concept of Defence
from M. Klein to Bion. Rivista di
Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 593-609
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 144

144

Lussana, P. (2001) Sincerity at Risk: Psychoanalysis


Applied to the Child and to Art or
Dedicated to Extended Metapsychology.
International Forum of Psychoanalysis,
10: 5-11
Lyth, I. Menzies Tribute to Wilfred Bion at the Memorial
(1981) Meeting. International Review of
Psychoanalysis, 8: 8-11
Lyth, O. (1980) Wilfred Ruprecht Bion 1897-1979.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
61: 269-273
Mack, C. (2005) Things Happen: Managing Crisis in the
Living History of the Tavistock
Perspective. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 5: 183-198
MacNamara, M., The Action Learning Model of
Weekes, W.H. (1982) Experiential Learning from Developing
Managers. Human Relations,
35: 879-901
Mahon, E. (1999) Yesterday’s Silence: an Irreverent
Invocation of Beckett’s Analysis with
Bion. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytical Association,
47: 1381-1390
Main, T. (1977) The Concept of the Therapeutic
Community: Variations and
Vicissitudes. Group Analysis, 10
[also in Pines, M. (1983): 197-217]
Malin, A. (2002) From Ego to Self. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
22: 144-162
Mancia, M. (1981) Neurobiological Significance of some
Models Proposed by W.R. Bion. Rivista
di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 444-458
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 145

145

Mancia, M., Kant’s Philosophy and its Relationship


Longhin, L. (2000) with the Thought of Bion and
Money-Kyrle. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 81: 1197-1211
Maratos, J. (2003) Time across Cultures, Ages and
Therapies. Group Analysis, 36: 183-191
Marcus, D.M. (1997) On Knowing what One Knows.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 66: 219-241
Marshall, B. (1983) Discussion on paper by Wilson, S.
(1983). Group Analysis, 16: 159-160
Mason, A.A. (2000) Bion and Binocular Vision. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 983-988
Matte Blanco, I. Reflecting with Bion. Rivista di
(1981) Psicoanalisis, XXVII: 480-502 [also in
Grotstein (1981a): 489-528]
Mawson, C. (2002) The Sophisticated Analytical Patient
and ‘As-If’ Relating. British Journal of
Psychotherapy, 18: 509-522
Mayers, D. (2000) Bion and Beckett Together. British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 17: 192-202
[see also Robinson, H.T. (2000a)]
Maze, J.R., Psychoanalysis, Epistemology and
Henry, R.M. (1996) Intersubjectivity: Theories of Wilfred
Bion. Theory and Psychology, 6: 401-421
Meltzer, D. (1981b) Tribute to Wilfred Bion at the Memorial
Meeting. International Review of
Psychoanalysis, 8: 11-13
Meltzer, D. (1981c) The Kleinian Expansion of Freud’s
Metapsychology. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 62: 177-185
Meltzer, D. (1997) The Evolution of Object Relations.
British Journal of Psychotherapy, 14: 60-66
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 146

146

Meltzer, D. (2005) Thought Disorder: A Distinct


Phenomenological Category. British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 21: 417-428
Meotti, A. (1981) A Bionian Hypothesis on the origins of
thought. Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII:
425-443
Miller, E. (1998b) A Note on the Protomental System and
“Groupishness”: Bion’s Basic
Assumptions Revisited. Human
Relations, 51: 1495-1508
Miller, L. (2002) Adolescents with Learning Difficulties:
Psychic Structures that are not
Conducive to Learning. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 28: 29-39
Miller, P. (1992) The Tavistock Mission—a Review Essay.
Human Relations, 45: 411-426
Mills, J.A., John Rickman, Wilfred Ruprecht Bion
Harrison, T. (2007) and the Origins of the Therapeutic
Community. History of Psychology,
10: 22-43
Mills, J. (2000) Hegel on Projective Identification:
Implications for Klein, Bion and Beyond.
Psychoanalytic Review, 87: 841-874
Mion, C.C. (2006) The Stranger. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 87: 125-143
Mitrani, J.L. (1993) Deficiency and Envy: some Factors
Impacting the Analytic Mind from
Listening to Interpretation. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 689-703
Mitrani, J.L. (1995) Toward an Understanding of
Unmentalized Experience.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 64: 88-112
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 147

147

Mitrani, J.L. (1998) Unbearable Ecstasy, Reverence and


Awe, and the Perpetuation of an
“Æsthetic Conflict”. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 67: 102-127
Mitrani, J.L. (1999) The Case of ‘The Flying Dutchman’
and the Search for a Containing Object.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
80: 47-69
Mitrani, J.L. (2001a) ‘Taking the Transference’: Some
Technical Implications in Three Papers
by Bion. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis,
82: 1085-1104
Molinari, S. (1981) W.R. Bion and the Myth of Œdipus.
Rivista di Psicoanalisi,
XXVII: 705-726
Momigliano, L.N. Memory and Desire. Rivista di
(1981) Psicoanalisi,
XXVII: 546-572
Mondrzak, V.S. Psychoanalytic Process and Thought:
(2004) Convergence of Bion and Matte Blanco.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 597-614
Money-Kyrle, R. Cognitive Development. International
(1965b) Journal of Psychoanalysis,
49: 691-698 [also in Grotstein
(1981a): 537-550]
Moorjani, A. (2004) Peau de Chagrin: Beckett and Bion on
Looking not to See.
Samuel Beckett Today, 14
Morgan-Jones, R. The Management of Risk Recycling
(2006b) Trauma. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 6: 22-41
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 148

148

Morgan-Jones, R. Retainment of Staff: the Challenge of


(2007) the System in Managing the Presence or
Absence of Staff for the Work Task: the
Application of Bion’s Approach to
Group Psychosomatic Phenomena.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
7: 20-38
Moxnes, P. (1998) Fantasies and Fairy Tales in Groups and
Organizations: Bion’s Basic Assumption
and the Deep Roles. European Journal of
Work and Organisational Psychology,
7: 283-298
Moxnes, P. (1999) Expansion or Confusion? On the Nature
of Science, Bion, the Organizational
Unconscious And Deep Roles. European
Journal of Work and Organizational
Psychology, 8: 433-443
Muller, J.P. (2005) Approaches to the Semiotics of Thought
and Feeling in Bion’s Work. Canadian
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 13: 31-56
Nakjavani, N. True Thought in Search of a Thinker
(1992) in Psychoanalysis and Literary
Criticism: A Homage to W.R. Bion
Literature and Psychoanalysis.
Proceedings of 8th conference of
literature and psychoanalysis: 35-46
[see also Silhol, R.]
Neri, C. (1981) Notes on Bion’s Basic Assumptions.
Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 749-757
Neri, C. (1984) Unthinkability and Psychosomatic
Symptoms. International Journal of
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
10: 501-541
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 149

149

Neri, C. (2004) The F Factor: Modifications in the


Course of Group Psychotherapy.
European Journal of Psychiatry, 18: 71-75
Neri, C. (2005) What is the Function of Faith and Trust
in Psychoanalysis? International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 86: 79-97
Noran, A.R. (1996) Avoiding the Perils of Management by
Groups: the Contributions of Bion, the
Tavistock and Social Work Theorists.
Social Work with Groups, 19: 53-65
Nuttall, J. (2000) Psychodynamics and Intersubjectivity
in Management. Journal of Change
Management, 1: 229-241
O’Shaughnessy, E. Minus K. (read at XXXIX IPA. Congress)
(1996) see Vergopoulo, T. 1996
O’Shaughnessy, E. Relating to the Superego. International
(1999) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 861-870
O’Shaughnessy, E. Whose Bion? International Journal of
(2005) Psychoanalysis, 86: 1523-1528
Obholzer, A. (2003) Some Reflection on Concepts of
Relevance to Consulting and also to
the management of Organisations.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
3: 153-164
Ogden, T.H. (2003a) On Not Being Able to Dream.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
84: 17-30
Ogden, T.H. (2003b) What’s True and Whose Idea was it?
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
84: 593-606
Ogden, T.H. (2004a) An Introduction to the Reading of Bion.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 285-300
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 150

150

Ogden, T.H. (2004b) On Holding and Containing, Being and


Dreaming. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 85: 1349-1364
Ogden, T.H. (2007) Elements of Analytic Style: Bion’s
Clinical Seminars. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
88: 1185-1200
Oliveira, W.I. de The Psychoanalytic Approach to Group
(1963) Psychotherapy. Journal of the Hillside
Hospital, 12: 156-166
Oppenheim, L. A Pre-Occupation with
(2001) Object-Representation: the Beckett-Bion
Case Revisited. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 82: 767-784
Palmer, B. (1973) Thinking about Thought. Human
Relations, 26: 127-141
Parker, I. (1996) Staff-Student Relationships in
Universities: Boundary Disaster and
‘Minus K’. Group Analysis,
29: 99-111
Parker, I. (1997a) Group Identity and Individuality in
Times of Crisis: Psychoanalytic
Reflections on Social Psychological
Knowledge. Human Relations,
50: 183-196
Parment, V. (1994) Interaction and Interpretation.
International Forum of Psychoanalysis,
3: 227-232
Parsons, Michael Suddenly Finding it Really Matters:
(1986) the Paradox of the Analyst’s
Non-attachment. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 67: 475-488
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 151

151

Paul, M. (1993) A Consideration of Practical


Psychoanalytic Epistemology. Journal of
Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
11: 11-29
Peck, J.S. (1978) An Interview with Wilfred Bion.
Group, 2: 54-59
Pecotic, B. (2002) The Life of Isobel Menzies-Lyth.
(interview). Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 2: 2-24
Pecotic, B., Healthy and Pathological Consequences
Cooper, A. (2005) of Two Cultures. Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 5: 73-85
Pelled, E. (2007) Learning from Experience: Bion’s
Concept of Reverie and Buddhist
Meditation: a Comparative Study.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
88: 1507-1526
Pines, M. (1981) Frame of Reference of Group
Psychotherapy. International Journal of
Group Psychotherapy,
31: 275-285
Pines, M. (1986) The Influence of Rickman and Klein on
Bion. Tavistock Gazette, 20: 3-6
Pines, M. (1987) Bion: A Group-Analytic
Appreciation. Group Analysis,
20: 251-262
Pines, M. (Ed.) Psychoanalysis and Group Analysis.
(1983a) International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 33: 155-170
Piterman, H. (2005) You’re Either with Us or Against Us:
Dominant Discoursa in Health Care
Practice. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 5: 15-37
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 152

152

Powell, S.R. (1993) The Power of Positive Peer Influence:


Leadership Training for Today’s Teens.
Special Services in the Schools, 8: 119-136
Pridham, K.F. Acts of Turning as Stress-Resolving
(1975) Mechanisms in Work Groups (with
Special Reference to the Work of
W.R. Bion. Human Relations, 28: 229-248
Pridham, K.F. (1977) Towards an Adequate Theory of Stress
Resolution in Work Groups. Human
Relations, 30: 787-801
Rabaté, J.M. (1997) Beckett’s Ghosts and Fluxions. Journal of
Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
15: 475-492
Reed, J.S. (2005) In the Analyst’s Consulting Room.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 74: 598-603
Reiner, A. (1999) The Case of Lois D. Journal of Melanie
Klein Society and Object Relations,
17: 239-333
Reiner, A. (2004) Psychic Phenomena and Early
Emotional States. Journal of Analytic
Psychology, 49: 313-336
Reiner, A. (2006) Synchronicity and the Capacity to
Think: a Clinical Exploration. Journal of
Analytic Psychology, 50: 553-573
Reppen, J. (2004) Wilfred Bion: an Original.
PsyCRITIQUES, 41: 332-334
Rhode, E. (1997a) Does Mind have Boundaries in the Way
that Body Does? Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 15: 77-90
Rhode, E. (1997b) Bion, Lévi-Strauss and Hallucination as
a “Pure” Culture. Journal of Melanie
Klein Society and Object Relations,
15: 283-399
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 153

153

Richards-Wilson, S. Introverts as Silent Leaders:


(2004) Indefensible of Indomitable?
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
4: 234-246
Riesenberg- As-if: The Phenomenon of Not
Malcolm, R. (1990) Learning. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 71: 385-392
[reprinted in Anderson
(1992): 114-125]
Rioch, M.J. (1970) The Work of Wilfred Bion on Groups.
Psychiatry, 33: 56-66 [also in Colman,
A.D., Bexton, W.H. (Eds.)
(1975): 21-33]
Rioch, M.J. (1983) Wilfred Bion: An Appreciation and
some Reminiscences. Group Analysis,
16: 252-257
Riolo, F. (1981) Truth, Lying and Analytic Thought.
Rivista di Psicoanalisi, XXVII: 705-726
Riolo, F. (2007) Psychoanalytic Transformations.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
88: 1375-1389
Robinson, H.T. Beckett/Bion: The Emergence of
(2000a) Meaning. Pre-script of Lincoln Centre
Conference. British Journal of
Psychotherapy, 17: 180
Robinson, H.T. The Bespoke Universe: Shakespeare,
(2000b) Freud and Beckett, Tailors and
Outfitters. British Journal of
Psychotherapy, 17: 181-191
Roper, H. (2007) Between the Psyche and the Social:
Masculinity, Subjectivity and the First
World War Veteran. Journal of Men’s
Studies, 15: 251-270
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 154

154

Rossetti, M. (2000) The Pre-Formed Transference: its Roots


in Bion. Journal of the British Association
of Psychotherapy, 38: 118-128
Roth, B. (2004) Negativity and Lies in Analytic
Psychotherapy: an Inquiry into Bion’s
Ideas of K & K. International Journal of
Group Psychotherapy,
54: 477-489
Rouchy, J.C. (2002) Cultural Identity and Groups of
Belonging. Group, 26: 205-217
Ryavec, L. (1997) Moving Toward Similarity-with-a-
Difference: The Shift from Bi-Logic
Forward Non-Disruptive Bi-Modal
Thinking. Journal of Melanie Klein Society
and Object Relations, 15: 301-315
Sáfan-Gerard, D. The Use of Counter-Transference in
(1997) Response to Narcissistic Defenses of
Group Members. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations,
15: 265-281
Sanchez-Medina, A. Perverse Thought. International Journal
(2002) of Psychoanalysis, 83: 1345-1359
Sanders, K. (1984) Bion’s “Protomental System” and
Psychosomatic Illness in General
Practice. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 57: 167-172
Sanders, K. (1998) Meltzer’s Concept of the Psychoanalytic
Process and its Development. Journal of
Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
16: 245-256
Sanders, K. (2006) The Work of Donald Meltzer: Meltzer
and the Influence of Bion. British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 22: 347-362
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 155

155

Sandler, P.C. (1997) The Apprehension of Psychic Reality:


Extensions of Bion’s Theory of alpha-
function. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 77: 43-52
Sandler, P.C. (2006) The Origins of Bion’s Work.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 180-203
Sandler, P.C. (2006) The Origins of Bion’s Work.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 179-201
Sayers, J. (2002) Darling Francesca: Bion, Love-Letters
and Madness. Journal of European
Studies, 32: 195-207
Sayers, J. (2004a) Transforming at-one-ment: Spielrein,
Jung, Bion. Psychoanalysis and History,
6: 37-55
Scheidlinger, S. Commentary on Hinshelwood’s lecture.
(2000) (Hinshelwood, R.D. 1999). Group
Analysis, 33: 295-297
Scheidlinger, S. A Historical Addition to Billow (2005).
(2006) International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 56: 499-500
Schermer, V.L. Contributions of Object Relations
(2000) Theory and Self-psychology to
Relational Psychology and Group
Psychotherapy. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
50: 199-207
Schermer, V.L. The Group Psychotherapist as
(2001) Contemporary Mystic: a Bionic Group
Relations Perspective. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
51: 505-523
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 156

156

Schermer, V.L. Terror and Groups: Updating


(2003b) Psychoanalytic Psychology for a New
Era. Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy,
20: 199-221
Schneider, J.A. Experiences in K and–K. International
(2005a) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 86: 825-839
Schneider, J.A. Dreaming the Truth of Experience.
(2005b) Psychoanalytic Review, 92: 778-785
Schoenhals, H. Triangular Space and the Development
(1995) of a Working Model in the Analysis.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 103-113
Schwartz-Salant, N. Vision, Interpretation and the
(1991) Interactive Field. Journal of Analytical
Psychology, 36: 343-365
Scurlock, A. (2005) Early Disillusionment. Dissertation
Abstracts (International), 65 (11-B): 6649
Segal, H. (1981a) Tribute to Dr Wilfred Bion at the
Memorial Meeting. International Review
of Psychoanalysis, 8: 5-8
Selow, E. (2006) “The Newspaper Reader”: on the
Meaning of Concrete Objects in a
Psychoanalytic Treatment. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1629-1649
Shafer, A.T. (1997) Can Projective Identification Advance
our Understanding of the
Psychodynamics of Psychosomatic
Disorders? Australian Journal of
Psychotherapy, 16: 170-183
Shafer, A.T. (2003) Developing the ‘Socio-Analytic Mind’ in
Australia. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 3: 267-276
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 157

157

Shambaugh, W. The Mythic Structure of Bion’s Groups.


(1985) Human Relations, 38: 937-951
Shani, M. (2006) The Thinking Act. Dissertation Abstracts
(International), 67 (2-B): 1168
Sheppard, A. (2003) Exploring the Work of Donald Meltzer:
a Festschrift. Canadian Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 11: 576-580
Sherwood, M. (1964) Bion’s Experiences in Groups—a Critical
Evaluation. Human Relations, 17: 113-138
Shields, W. (2006) Dream Interpretation, Affect and the
Theory of Neuronal Group Selection:
Freud, Winnicott, Bion and Modell.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1509-1527
Shuttleworth, A. Starting to Get to Know the Work of
(1980) Dr Bion. Tavistock Gazette Diamond
Jubilee Issue: 23-24
Sieviers, B. (2003) Against all Reason: Trusting in Trust.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
3: 19-39
Silhol, R. (1992) The Golden Arrow: Bion and Lacan
Literature and Society. (Proceedings of
8th Congress of Literature and Society)
[see also Nakjavani, E.]
Simon, B. (1988) The Imaginary Twins: the case of
Beckett and Bion. International Review of
Psychoanalysis, 15: 331-352
Simpson, P., Thoughtful Leadership. Organisational
French, R. (2005) and Social Dynamics, 5: 280-297
Sjoberg, B. (1993) Prediction of Valency and Productivity:
An Empirical Study of Long-term
Group Psychotherapy. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 34: 161-173
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 158

158

Sjödin, C. (1999) A Meaningful Intercourse—Some


Thoughts about Thinking.
International Forum of Psychoanalysis,
8: 196-210
Sjödin, C. (2003) The Significance of Belief for
Psychoanalysis. International Forum of
Psychoanalysis, 12: 44-52
Skelton, R.M. (1993) Bion and Problem—Solving.
For the Learning of Mathematics,
13: 39-42
Skelton, R.M. (1995) Bion’s use of Modern Logic.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 389-397
Skogstad, W. (2004) Psychoanalytic Observation—the Mind
as Research Instrument. Organisational
and Social Dynamics, 4: 67-87
Sorensen, G. (2005) On Beyond Bion.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
5: 298-312
Souter, K.T. (2000) The Products of Imagination:
Psychoanalytic Theory and
Post-modern Literary Criticism.
American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
60: 341-360
Spensley, S. (1999) Learning from Bion. Journal of the British
Association of Psychotherapy, 37: 7-20
Spillius, E. Some Developments from the Work of
Bott (1983) Melanie Klein. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 64: 321-332
Spillius, E. Developments in Kleinian Thought:
Bott (1994) Overview and Personal View.
Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
14: 324-364
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 159

159

Stein, A.H. (1999) Whose Thoughts are they Anyway?


Dimensionally Exploding Bion’s
“Double-Headed Arrow” into
Co-adapting Traditional Space.
Non-Linear Dynamics, Psychology, and
Life Sciences, 3: 65-92
Stein, H.F. (2003) Balint, Bion, Volkan, Stein: Small and
Large Group as Fieldwork. Journal of
Psychohistory, 30: 263-265
Stein, H.F. (2006) Letting Go of Who We Were: the Triad
of Change-Loss-Grief in Organisational
and Wider (2006) Cultural Life. A Case
Study and its Wider Implications.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
6: 204-233
Steiner, J. (1991b) A Psychotic Organization of the
Personality. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 72: 201-207
Stevens, V. (2005) Nothingness, No-Thing and Nothing in
the Work of Wilfred Bion and in Samuel
Beckett’s Murphy. Psychoanalytic Review,
92: 607-635
Stiers, M.J. (1987) A Kleinian Analysis of Group
Development. Group, 11: 67-77
Stiers, M.J. (1995) Containment and the Threat of
Catastrophic Change in Psychotherapy
Groups. Group, 19: 131-139
Stitzman, I. (2004) At-one-ment, Intuition and ‘Suchness’.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 1137-1156
Stonebridge, L. Hearing them Speak: Voices in Wiflred
(2005) Bion, Murel Spark and Penelope
Fitzgerald. Textual Practice, 19: 445-466
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 160

160

Sullivan, B.S. (2007) Alphabetizing in Old Age. Journal of


Analytical Psychology, 52: 1-16
Symington, N. The Possibility of Human Freedom and
(1990) its Transmission (with Particular
Reference to the Thought of Bion).
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
71: 95-106
Takahashi, T. (1991) A Comparative Study of Japanese-
American Group Dynamics.
Psychoanalytic Review, 78: 49-62
Taylor, D. (1997) Some of Bion’s Ideas on Meaning and
Understanding. British Journal of
Psychotherapy, 14: 66-76
Thienhaus, O.J. Observations in a Group of Psychiatric
(1985) Residents: a Case Study. Group, 9: 49-56
Thorner, H.A. Notes on the Desire for Knowledge.
(1981) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
62: 73-60 [also in Grotstein
(1981a): 589-597]
Trist, E. (1987) Some Additional References on
Working with Bion in the Forties. Group
Analysis, 20: 263-270
Tustin, F. (1981b) A Modern Pilgrim’s Progress:
Reminiscences of Personal Analysis
with Dr Bion. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 7: 175-179
Van Buren, J. (1998) Bion’s Odyssey towards Transcendence
in “A Theory of Thinking”. Journal of
Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
16: 771-784
Van Reekum, G. A Reassessment of Rumour,
(2002) Exemplified from the Group Relations
Perspective. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 2: 208-230
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 161

161

Van Reekum, G. Expecting a Present: On a Quotation


(2006) from Bion: a Tavistock Approach to
Leadership in High Risk Environments.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
6: 4-21
Vaquer, F. (1987) Bion’s Concept of the Psychotic Aspects
of the Personality. Journal of Melanie
Klein Society and Object Relations,
5: 86-100
Vaquer, F. (1989) A Note on Envy. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 7: 4-11
Vaquer, F. (1993) The Æsthetic Aspect of Personality
Functioning. Journal of Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 11: 76-82
Vaslamatzis, G. On the Therapist’s Reverie and
(1999) Containing Function. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 68: 431-440
Vergopoulo, T. Report of Panel at XXXIX IPA Congress:
(1996) “Bion’s Contribution to Psychoanalytic
Theory and Technique”. Chair:
Grinberg, L. Panellists: E.T. Bianchedi:
P. Bion Talamo: J. Grotstein:
E. O’Shaughnessy. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 77: 575-577
Vergopoulo, T. Bion’s Perspectives on Psychoanalytic
(2003) Method. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, Davison, S. (moderators)
83: 913-917
Waddell, M. (1988) Modes of Thought in Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy. British Journal of
Psychotherapy, 5: 192-199
Waddell, M. (2006) Infant Observation in Britain: the
Tavistock Approach. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 87: 1104-1120
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 162

162

Waddell, M. (2007) Grouping or Ganging: the


Psychodynamics of Bullying. British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 23: 189-204
Ward, J. (2003) Light a Candle, Cast a Shadow:
Learning from Experience in the
Consulting Role. Organisational and
Social Dynamics, 3: 236-249
Warshaw, S.C. Whatever Happened to Kleinian Child
(1994) Analysis? Psychoanalytic Psychology,
11: 401-406
Watson, S. (2002) Complexity and the Trans-human.
Organisational and Social Dynamics,
2: 245-263
Webb, R.E., With Memory but no Desire: Thinking
Widseth, J.C. (1991) about Bion in College Psychotherapy.
Journal of College Student Psychotherapy,
5: 29-50
Webb, R.E., Lacan and Bion: Psychoanalysis and the
Sells, M.A. (1995) Mystical Language of “Unsaying”.
Theory and Psychology, 5: 195-215 and in
Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 15: 243-264 (1997)
Weininger, O. (1991) A Note on Bion’s Alpha and Beta
Elements. Journal of Melanie Klein Society
and Object Relations, 9: 73-76
Weisberg, I. (1994) The Converging of Sigmund Freud,
Melanie Klein and the Bhagavad Gita:
W.R. Bion. International Journal of
Communicative Psychoanalysis and
Psychotherapy, 9: 19-23
Weiss, H. (2002) Reporting a Dream Accompanying an
Enactment in the Transference Situation.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
83: 633-645
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 163

163

Wellendorf, F. (1995) Learning from Experience and the


Experience of Learning: Reflections on
the Psychoanalytical Training.
International Forum of Psychoanalysis,
4: 137-148
Williams, G.P. Reflections on some Dynamics of Eating
(1997b) Disorders: “No Entry” Defences and
Foreign Bodies. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 78: 927-941
Williams, M. Harris A View of Bion’s Memoir of the Future.
(1980) Tavistock Gazette Diamond Jubilee Issue:
23-34
Williams, M. Harris Underlying Pattern in Bion’s A Memoir
(1983) of the Future. International Review of
Psychoanalysis, 10: 75-86
Williams, M. Harris The Tiger and “O”: a Reading of Bion’s
(1985) Memoir and Autobiography. Free
Associations, 1: 33-56
Williams, M. Harris A Man of Achievement: Sophocles’
(1993) Œdipus. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
11: 232-241
Williams, M. Harris Psychoanalysis: An Art or a Science?
(1999) A Review of the Implications of the
Theory of Bion and Meltzer. British
Journal of Psychotherapy,
16: 127-135
Williams, S. (2006) Analytic Intuition: a Meeting Place for
Jung and Bion. British Journal of
Psychotherapy, 23: 83-98
Willoughby, R. ‘The Dungeon of Thyself’:
(2001) The Claustrum as Pathological
Container. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 82: 917-931
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 164

164

Wilson, S. (1983) Experiences in Groups: Bion’s Debt to


Freud. Group Analysis, 16: 152-157
Winship, G. (1999) Addiction, Death and the Liver in
Mind: the Prometheus Syndrome.
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 13: 41-49
Winship, G. (2005) Consciousness-raising and Well-being
in Public Sphere. Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy, 19: 233-245
Winship, G., The Formation of Objects in the Group
Haigh, R. (1998) Matrix: Reflections on Creative Therapy
with Clay. Group Analysis, 31: 71-81
Winship, G. (2006) Further Thoughts on the Process of
Restraint. Journal of Psychiatric and
Mental Health Nursing, 13: 55-60
Wisdom, J.O. (1978) Three Types of Group. Israel Annals of
Psychiatry, 16: 103-123
Wisdom, J.O. (1985) Types of Groups: Transitions and
Cohesion—Emergent Properties.
International Review of Psychoanalysis,
12: 73-85
Wisdom, J.O. (1987) Bion’s Place in the Troika. International
Review of Psychoanalysis, 14: 541-551
Woo, R. (1991) The Primacy of Psychic Reality: a
Kleinian-Bionian Exploration of
“Ultimate Reality”. Dissertation Abstracts
(International), 51 (11-B): 5600
Wright, F. (2004) Relational Group Therapy: From Basic
Assumptions to Passion. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
54: 577-583
Wright, H. (1987) Is Bion Beyond Me? or How can I
Understand if I do not Dream? Group
Analysis, 20: 271-273
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 165

165

Young, R.M. (2003) Psychoanalysis, Terrorism and


Fundamentalism. Psychodynamic
Practice, 9: 307-322
Zimmerman, L. Frankenstein, Invisibility and Nameless
(2003a) Dread. American Imago, 60: 135-150
Zimmerman, L. The Weirdest Scale on Earth: Elizabeth
(2003b) Bishop and Containment. American
Imago, 61: 495-518
Zinkin, L. (1989) The Group as Container and Contained.
Group Analysis, 22: 227-234
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 166

166

Books including articles and chapters from books

Alexander, R.P. On the Analyst’s Sleep during the


(1981) Analytic Situation
[in Grotstein 1981a: 45-57]
Alford, C.F. (2006) Psychology and the Natural Law of
Reparation. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press
Alhanati, S., Primitive Mental States, vol. 1. Across the
Kostoulas, K. (Eds.) Lifespan. Northvale, NJ: Aronson
(1997)
Allen, P. (2004) Love, the Æsthetic Conflict and the Self.
[in Bishop, B. et al (Eds.): 23-34]
Alvarez, A. (1992) Live Company: Psychoanalytic Therapy
with Autistic, Abused and Borderline
Psychotic Children. London: Routledge
Alves, D.B. (2000) Considerations on Some of W.R.Bion’s
Ideas. [in Bion Talamo et al (2000a):
27-44]
Amado, G., The Transitional Approach in Action.
Vansina, L. (Eds.) London: Karnac
(2005)
Anderson, R. (Ed.)Clinical Lectures on Klein and Bion. Hove:
Routledge (1992)
Anonymous, (1985) Bion an Appreciation. (reproduced from
the Old Stortfodian Newsletter. January
1981) [in Pines, M.
(1985): 389-392]
Anzieu, D. (1993) Beckett: Self-Analysis and Creativity.
[in Barron, J.W. (Ed.) (1993)
Self-Analysis: Critical Inquiries, Personal
Visions: 261-276 Hillside, NJ:
Analytic Press
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 167

167

Armelius, K. & B.-Å. Group Personality, Task and Group


(1985) Culture [in Pines, M. (1985): 255-273]
Armstrong, D. Thinking Aloud: Contributions in Three
(1998) Dialogues [in Lawrence, W.G. 1998(b):
91-106]
Armstrong, D. The Recovery of Meaning [in French,
(1999) R., Vince, R. (Eds.) (1994): 145-154]
Armstrong, D. Organization in the Mind: Psychoanalysis,
(2005a) Group Relations, and Organizational
Consultancy. Occasional Papers:
1989-2003. Robert French (Ed.).
London: Karnac
Armstrong, I. (2000) The Radical Æsthetic. Oxford: Blackwell
Ashbach, C., Object Relations, the Self, and the
Schermer, V.L. Group: A Conceptual Paradigm.
(1987a) London: Routledge.
Azarian, Y.M. (1994) The Phases of Group Development and
the Systems-Centred Group.
[in Schermer, V.L., Pines, M. (Eds.)
(1994): 36-85]
Baglioni, L. (2003) Associations and Reflections [in
Lawrence, W.G. (2003): 252-258]
Bail, B.W. (1981) To Practice One’s Art [in Grotstein
(1981a): 59-81]
Bain, A. (1999a) On Being Frozen in Time [in French, R.,
Vince, R. (Eds.) (1999): 127-144
Baker, P. (1997) Beckett and the Mythology of
Psychoanalysis, Oxford and New York:
Oxford University Press
Barate, F., Ferro, A. Negative Therapeutic Reactions and
(1992) Microfractures in Analytic
Communication [in Momigliani, L.N.,
Robutti, A. (Eds.)
(1992a): 143-166]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 168

168

Bégoin, J. (2000) Love and Destructivity: from the


Æsthetic Conflict to a Revision of the
Concept of Destructivity in the Psyche
[in Cohen, Hahn (2000): 119-135]
Bell, D. (1995) Knowledge and its Pretenders: Bion’s
Contribution to Knowledge and
Thought [in Ellwood, (Ed.)
Psychosis: Understanding and
Treatment: 70-82 London: Jessica
Kingsley]
Bell, D. (2001) Projective Identification [in Bronstein,
C. (Ed.) (2001): 125-147]
Bezoari, M., From a Play between “Parts” to
Ferro, A. (1992) Transformations in the Couple:
Psychoanalysis in the Bi-Personal Field
[in Momigliani, L.N., Robutti, A. (Eds.)
(1992a): 43-66]
Bianchedi, The Various Faces of Lies [in Bion
E.T. de et al (2000) Talamo et al (2000a):
220-236]
Billow, R.M. (2003a) Relational Group Psychotherapy,: From
Basic Assumptions to Passion. London:
Jessica Kingsley
Bion, F. (2000) Random Reflections on Bion: Past,
Present and Future [in Bion Talamo et al
(2000a): 11-19]
Bion Talamo, P. Foreword to Bion, W.R. Taming Wild
(1997a) Thoughts: vii-xi
Bion Talamo, P. Sleep as a Way of (Mental) Life [in
(1997b) Alhanati & Kostoulas (1997):
91-104 also in Australian Journal of
Psychotherapy,
(1999) 18: 10-26].
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 169

169

Bion Talamo, P. Bion’s Legacy to Groups. Selected


(1998) Contributions from the International
Centennial Conference on the Work of
W.R. Bion. Turin, July 1997. London:
Karnac Books
Bion Talamo, P. W.R. Bion between Past and Future
et al (2000a) (Eds.) Selected Contributions from the
International Centennial Conference on
the Work of W.R. Bion. Turin, July 1997
London: Karnac Books
Bion Talamo, P. Introduction to Bion Talamo, P. et al
et al (2000b) (2000a): 1-10
Bion Talamo, P. Laying Low and Saying (almost)
(2000c) Nothing [in Bion Talamo, P., et al
(2000a): 20-26]
Biran, H. (1998) An Attempt to Apply Bion’s alpha- and
beta-elements to Processes in Society at
Large [in Bion Talamo 1998: 95-100]
Biran, H. (2003) ‘Attacks on Linking’ and ‘Alpha
Functions’ as Two Opposite Elements in
the Dynamics of Organizations [in
Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003b): 164-181]
Bishop, B. et al Elusive Elements in Practice. London:
(Eds.) (2004) Karnac
Blay-Neto, B. (1985) The Influence of Bion’s Ideas on my
Work [in Pines, M. (1985): 247-254]
Bléandonu, G. Wilfred R. Bion: His Life and Works
(1994) 1897-1979 (trans. C. Papaczkowska)
London, Free Association Books:
New York: Guildford Press, 1994
Bonasia, E. (2000) The Sick Syllogism: the Fear of Dying
and the Sacrifice of Truth [in Bion
Talamo (2000a): 45-55]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 170

170

Borgogno, F., Searching for Bion: Cogitations, a new


Merciai, S.A. (2000) “Clinical Diary”? [in Bion Talamo
(2000a): 56-78]
Borriello, J.F. (1990) Group as a Whole [in Kutash, I.L.,
Wolf, A. (Eds.) (1990): 78-97]
Boyd, R.D. (1991) Personal Transformations in Small Groups:
a Jungian Perspective. London: Routledge
Bradley, C.B. (2005) Psychology, and Experience. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press
Brennan, T. (2004) The Transmission of Affect. Ithaca NY:
Cornell University Press
Bridger, H. (1985) Northfield Revisited [in Pines, M.
(1985): 87-107]
Bridger, H. (1990) The Discovery of the Therapeutic
Community: the Northfield
Experiments [in The Social
Engagement of Social Science, vol. 1:
The Socio-psychological Perspective (1990):
68-87 London: Free Association Books,
also in Amado, Vansina (2005): 15-40]
Bridger, H. (2005) The Therapeutic Community: its
Potential for Development and Choice
of Future [in Amado, Vansina (2005):
71-82]
Britton, R. The Œdipus Complex
Feldman. M., Today: Clinical Implications.
O’Shaughnessy, E. London: Karnac
(1989)
Britton, R. (1992) Keeping Things in Mind [in Anderson
1992: 102-113]
Britton, R. (1998b) Belief and Imagination: Explorations in
Psychoanalysis. London and New York:
Brunner-Routledge
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 171

171

Britton, R. (2001) Beyond the Depressive Position: Ps (n+1)


[in Bronstein, C. (Ed.). (2001): 63-76]
Britton, R. (2003) Sex, Death and the Superego: Experiences
in Psychoanalysis. London: Karnac
Bronstein, C. (Ed.) Kleinian Theory: A Contemporary
(2001) Perspective. London: Colin Whurr
Brown, D.G. (1985) Bion and Foulkes: Basic Assumptions
and Beyond [in Pines, M. (1985):
192-219]
Brown, D.G., The Psyche and the Social World:
Zinkin, L. (Eds.) Developments in Group-analytic Theory.
(1994) London: Routledge
Brown, D.G. (2003) Pairing Bion and Foulkes: Towards a
Metapsychosociology? [in Lipgar, R.M.,
Pines, M. (2003a): 153-180]
Brown, S.R. (2003) Preconception and Realisation: A
Constant Conjunction of Theory and
Measurement [in Lipgar, R.M., Pines,
M. (2003b): 285-301]
Burgoyne, B. (Ed.) Drawing the Soul: Schemas and Models
(2000a) in Psychoanalysis, Encyclopædia of
Psychoanalysis, vol. 1: London: Rebus
Press. Rep. 2003 London: Karnac Books
Burgoyne, B. (2000b) Introduction to Burgoyne, B. (Ed.): 34-56
Campling, P., Therapeutic Communities: Past, Present
Haigh, R. (Eds.) and Future. London:
(1999) Jessica Kingsley
Cano, D.H. (1998) One-ness and Me-ness in the ha-G?
[in Bion Talamo (1998): 83-94]
Caper, R. (1999) A Mind of One’s Own: A Kleinian View of
Self and Object. London & New York:
Routledge
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 172

172

Cohen, M., Hahn, Exploring the Work of Donald Meltzer:


A. (Eds.) (2000) a Festschrift. London: Karnac Books
Colman, A.D., Group Relations, Reader 1. Jupiter, FL:
Bexton, W.H. A.K. Rice Institute 1975
(Eds.) (1975)
Colman, A.D., Group Relations, Reader 2.
Geller, M.H. Jupiter, FL: A.K. Rice Institute
(Eds.) (1985)
Colman, W. (1995) Gesture and Recognition: an Alternative
Model to Projective Identification as a
Basis for Couple Relationships [in
Ruszczynski, S., Fisher, J. (1995a): 59-73]
Colombier, J.P. ‘So you Want to Write a Fugue?’
(2003) Wilfred R. Bion with Glenn Gould.
[in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003b):
253-284]
Coltart, N. (1993) Slouching Towards Bethlehem ... and
Further Psychoanalytic Explorations.
London: Free Association Books
Cooper, A., Borderline Welfare: Feeling and Fear
Lousada, J. (2005) of Feeling in Modern Welfare.
London: Karnac
Copley, B. (1993) The World of Adolescence in Literature,
Society and Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
London: Free Association Books
Correale, M., Psychoanalytical Approaches to the Study
Di Leone, G. (2002) of Institutions in Italy [in Hinshelwood,
R.D., Chiesa, M. (2002a): 77-96]
Cortiñas, L.P. de Transcending the Cæsura: The Road
(2003) Toward Insight—from Experiences in
Groups to A Memoir of the Future [in
Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003b): 225-252]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 173

173

Cytrynbaum, S., Group Relations Reader 3: Group


Noumair, D.A. Dynamics, Organizational Irrationality
(Eds.) (2004) and Social Reality. Jupiter, FL: A.K. Rice
Institute
De Board, R. (1978) The Psychoanalysis, of Organizations: a
Psychoanalytic Approach to Behaviour in
Groups and Organizations. London:
Routledge
De Maré, P.B. (1985) Major Bion [in Pines, M. (1985): 108-113]
Di Chiari, G. (1992) Meeting, Telling and Parting: Three
Basic Factors in the Psychoanalytic
Situation [in Momigliani, L.N., Robutti,
A. (Eds.) (1992a): 21-42]
Eigen, M. (1992a) Coming Through the Whirlwind.
Wilmette, Ill: Chiron Publications
Eigen, M. (1993a) The Electrified Tightrope. New York:
Aronson: reprinted London:
Karnac 2004
Eigen, M. (1993b) The Psychotic Core. New York: Aronson:
reprinted London, Karnac: 2004
Eigen, M. (1995f) Wilfred R. Bion: Infinite Surfaces,
Explosiveness, Faith [in Marcus, P.,
Rosenberg, A (Eds.). Psychiatric Versions
of the Human Condition and Clinical
Practice: 183-205 New York: NY
University Press also in Eigen, M.
(1998a): 61-80]
Eigen, M. (1996a) Psychic Deadness. New York, Aronson:
reprinted London: Karnac, 2004
Eigen, M. (1996b) Reflections [in Stern, E.M., Molino, A.
(1996). Elaborate Selves: Reflections and
Reveries: 104-143 Binghampton, NY:
Haworth Press]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 174

174

Eigen, M. (1998a) The Psychoanalytic Mystic. London:


Free Association Books
Eigen, M. (1998d) Wilfred R. Bion: Infinite Surfaces,
Explosiveness, Faith [in Marcus, P.,
Rosenberg, A. (Eds.). Psychoanalytic
Versions of the Human Condition:
Philosophies of Life and their Impact on
Practice. (1998): 183-205.
New York: New York
University Press]
Eigen, M. (1999) Toxic Nourishment.
London: Karnac
Eigen, M. (2001a) Damaged Bonds.
London: Karnac
Eigen, M. (2001b) Ecstasy. Middletown, CT: Wesleyan
University Press
Eigen, M. (2002a) Rage. Middletown, CT: Wesleyan
University Press
Eigen, M. (2004a) The Sensitive Self. Middletown, CT:
Wesleyan University Press
Eigen, M. (2005) Emotional Storm. Middleton CT:
Wesleyan University Press
Eisold, K. (2004) Group Relations and Organizational
Consultation: Rediscovering our Roots
[in Cytrynbaum, S., Noumair, D.A.
(2005): 403-412]
Etchegoyen, R.H. The Fundamentals of Psychoanalytic
(1991) Technique (revised (Ed.) 1999).
London: Karnac
Ettin, M.F. (1999) Foundations and Applications of Group
Psychotherapy. London:
Jessica Kingsley
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 175

175

Ettin, M.F. (2003) Bion’s Legacy to Median and Large


Groups [in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M.
(2003b): 29-69]
Ettin, M.F. (2004) A Unified Field Theory of
Group-as-a-whole Function:
Differentiation and Integration of Four
Domains [in Cytrynbaum, S., Noumair,
D.A. (2005): 23-56]
Faimberg, H. (2000) Whom was Bion Addressing? “Negative
capability” and Listening to Listening
[in Bion Talamo (2000a): 79-80]
Fehr, S.S. (2003) Introduction to Group Therapy: a Practical
Guide. 2nd (Eds.) Binghampton NY:
Haworth Press
Ferro, A. (2000) Sexuality as a Narrative Genre or
Dialect in the Consulting-Room: a
Radical Vertex [in Bion Talamo (2000a):
91-107]
Ferro, A. (2002d) In the Analyst’s Consulting Room.
London & New York: Routledge
Ferro, A. (2005a) Seeds of Illness, Seeds of Recovery: The
Genesis of Suffering and the Role of
Psychoanalysis. London and New York:
Brunner-Routledge (especially chapter
6 Evidence: Starting again from Bion.)
Ferro, A. (2006c) Psychoanalysis, as Therapy and
Storytelling. London and Philadelphia:
Routledge
Fischer, R.E. (1995) Group Psychology, and Disorders of the Self
[in Masterson, J.F., Klein, R. (Eds.)
(1995). Disorders of the Self: New
Therapeutic Horizons, 337-362. New York:
Brunner-Mazel]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 176

176

Fisher, J.V. (1995a) Identity and Intimacy in the Couple:


Three Kinds of Identification
[in Ruszczynski, S., Fisher, J.V. (1995a):
74-104]
Fisher, J.V. (1995b) Donald Meltzer in discussion with
James Fisher [in Ruszczynski, S., Fisher,
J.V. (1995a): 107-144]
Fisher, J.V. (1999) The Uninvited Guest: Emerging from
Narcissism towards Marriage. London:
Karnac
Fisher, J.V. (2000a) Reading Donald Meltzer: Identification
and Intercourse as Modes of Reading
and Retelling [in Cohen, Hahn (2000):
188-202]
Fordham, M. (1985) Explorations into the Self. London:
Academic Press (new (Ed.). London:
Karnac, 2002)
Fordham, M. (1995) Freud, Jung, Klein—the Fenceless Field:
Essays on Psychoanalysis, and Analytical
Psychology (edited Hobdell, R.). London:
Routledge
French, R. Group Relations, Management and
Vince, R. (Eds.) Organization. Oxford: Oxford
(1999b) University Press
French, R., Learning at the Edges between
Simpson, P. (2003) Knowing & Not-knowing: ‘Translating’
Bion [in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003b):
182-203] also in International and Social
Dynamics, 1: 54-77
Geller, M.H. (2005) The Psychoanalytic Perspective [in
Wheelan, S.A. (Ed.). Handbook of Group
Research and Practice: 87-106. Thousand
Oaks, CA and London: Sage Publications]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 177

177

Glass, J.M. (1995) Psychosis and Power: Threats to Democracy


in The Self and the Group. Ithaca NY:
Cornell University Press
Gordon, J. (1994) Bion’s Post-Experiences in Groups
Thinking on Groups: a Clinical Example
of K [in Schermer, V.L., Pines, M. (Eds.)
(1994): 107-127]
Gosling, R.H. (1981) A Study of Very Small Groups [in
Grotstein (1981a): 633-645 also in
Colman, A.D., Geller, M.H. (1985):
151-162]
Gosso, S. (Ed.) Psychoanalysis and Art: Kleinian
(2004) Perspectives.
London: Karnac
Gould, L.J., The Systems Dynamics of Organizations:
Stapley, L.f., Integrating the Group Relations Approach,
Stein, M. (Eds.) Psychoanalytic, and Open Systems
(2001) Perspectives.
London: Karnac
Gould, L.J., Experiential Learning in Organizations:
Stapley, L.F., Applications of the Tavistock Approach.
Stein, M. (Eds.) London: Karnac
(2004)
Green, A. (1981) Negation and Contradiction.
[in Grotstein (1981a): 317-339]
Green, A. (1999a) The Work of the Negative.
London: Free Association Books
Green, A. (1999b) Fabric of Affect in the Psychoanalytic
Discourse. London: Routledge
Green, A. (2005) Key Ideas for a Contemporary
Psychoanalysis: Misrecognitions and
Recognitions of the Unconscious.
London: Psychology Press
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 178

178

Grinberg, L. et al Introduction to the Work of Bion.


(1975) Strathtay: Clunie Press, rep. London:
Karnac 1986 (revised ed. A New
Introduction to the Work of Bion.
New York: Aronson 1993)
Grinberg, L. (1981b) The ‘Œdipus’ as a Resistance against
the ‘Oedipus’ in the Psychoanalytic
Situation [in Grotstein (1981a): 341-355]
Grinberg, L. (1981c) Bion and the Psychoanalytic Vertex of
Group Psychotherapy [in Wolberg, L.R.,
Aronson, M.L. (1981): 17-27]
Grinberg, L. (1985) Bion’s Contribution to the
Understanding of the Individual and
the Group [in Pines M. (1985): 176-191]
Grinberg, L. (1991) The Goals of Psychoanalysis: Identification,
Identity and Supervision.
London: Karnac
Grinberg, L. (1992) Guilt and Depression. London: Karnac
Grinberg, L. (2000) Introduction to Bion Talamo (Ed.)
(2000a): xix-xxiii
Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) Do I Dare Disturb the Universe?
(1981a) A Memorial to Wilfred R. Bion. Beverley
Hills, CA: Cæsura Press (reprinted with
corrections. London: Karnac, 1983)
Grotstein, J.S. Splitting and Projective Identification.
(1981b) New York: Aronson
Grotstein, J.S. (1985) W.R. Bion: a Voyage into the Deep and
Formless Infinite [in Reppen, J. (Ed.)
Beyond Freud. Hillside, NJ: Analytic
Press, (1985): 297-314]
Grotstein, J.S. The Psychoanalytic Fascination with the
(1997c) Concept of the “Primitive” [in Alhanati,
Kostoulas (1997): 1-21]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 179

179

Grotstein, J.S. Who is the Dreamer who Dreams the


(2000a) Dreams: A Study of Psychic Presences.
Hillside, NJ: Analytic Press
Grotstein, J.S. The Significance of Bion’s Concepts of
(2000c) P.S. ↔ D and Transformations in ‘O’: a
Re-consideration of the Relationship
between the Paranoid-Schizoid and
Depressive Positions—and Beyond
[in Burgoyne, B. (Ed.) (2000a): 34-56
London: Rebus Press (reprinted 2003
London: Karnac)]
Grotstein, J.S. We are Such Stuff as Dreams are Made
(2002c) on: Annotations on Dreams and
Dreaming in Bion’s Work [in Neri, C.,
Pines, M., Friedman, R. (2002):
110-145]
Grotstein, J.S. Early Bion [intro. to Lipgar, R.M.,
(2003a) Pines, M. (2003a): 9-28]
Grotstein, J.S. Bion, the Navigator of the Deep and
(2003b) Formless Infinite: Overview [intro. to
Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003b):
17-28]
Grotstein, J.S. Foreword to Casement, A., Tacey, D.
(2006c) (Eds.). The Idea of the Numinous:
Contemporary Jungian and Psychoanalytic
Perspectives, xi-xv. Hove: Routledge
Grotstein, J.S. (2007) A Beam of Intense Darkness: Wilfred Bion’s
Legacy to Psychoanalysis.
London: Karnac
Gustafson, J.P., After Basic Assumptions: on Holding
Cooper, L. (1985a) a Specialised Versus a General Theory
of Participant Observation in Small
Groups [in Pines, M. (1985): 157-175]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 180

180

Gustafson, J.P. Collaboration in Small Groups:


Cooper, L. (1985b) Theory and Technique for the Study of
Small-Group Techniques [in Colman,
A.D., Geller, M.H. (Eds.) (1985):
139-150]
Haigh, R., Therapeutic Communities: Past, Present
Campling, P. (Eds.) and Future. London: Jessica Kingsley
(1994a)
Haigh, R. (1994b) The Quintessence of a Therapeutic
Environment [in Haigh, R., Campling,
P. (1994a): 246-257]
Haigh, R., (1996). The Ghost in the Machine: Group
Analytic Principles in Therapeutic
Environment [in Gorgas, J. et al (Eds.)
(1996). Contemporary Psychoanalysis, in
Europe: 288-302 Göttingen: Hogrefe and
Huber]
Haigh, R. (2004) The Quintessence of an Effective Team:
Some Developmental Dynamics for
Staff Groups [in Campling, P.,
Farquarharson, G. (Eds.) (2004). From
Toxic Institutions to Therapeutic
Environments, 119-130.
London: Gaskell]
Haigh, R. (2006a) Separation from the Treatment Centre: a
Psychodynamic Understanding
[in Taylor, P., Meux, C., Newrith, C.
(2006). Personality Disorder and Services
Offending Hospital Treatment Models:
284-286. London: Hodder-Arnold
Haigh, R. (2006b) Group Psychotherapy [in Stein, S.,
Haigh, R., Stein, J. Essentials of
Psychotherapy, revised edition (2006)
London: Umfundisi]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 181

181

Halton, M. (1999) Bion, Foulkes and the Œdipal Situation


[in Oakley, C. (Ed.). What is a Group?
Encyclopædia of Psychoanalysis,
vol. 2: 71-91 London: Rebus Press, 71-91]
Harris, M. (1981) The Individual in the Group: On
Learning to Work with the
Psycho-Analytic Method [in Grotstein
(1981a): 647-660]
Harrison, T. (1999) A Momentous Experiment: Strange
Meetings at Northfield [in Campling, P.,
Haigh, R. (1999): 19-31]
Harrison, T. (2000) Bion, Rickman, Foulkes and the Northfield
Experiments: Advancing on a Different
Front. London: Jessica
Kingsley 2000
Hayden, C., Tavistock Primer II [in Cytrynbaum, S.,
Molenkamp, R. Noumair, D.A. (2004): 135-158
(2004)
Hess, N. (1999) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy for
Chronic Depression [in Ruszczynski. S.,
Johnson, S. (1999): 117-134]
Hinshelwood, R.D. A Dictionary of Kleinian Thought.
(1989) London: Free Association Books.
(revised edition, 1991)
Hinshelwood, R.D. Clinical Klein. (chapters 7 & 8) London:
(1994) Free Association Books
Hinshelwood, R.D. Psychoanalytic Origins and Today’s
(1999b): Work: the Cassel Heritage [in Campling,
P., Haigh, R. (1999): 39-49]
Hinshelwood, R.D., Organisations, Anxieties and Defences:
Chiesa, M. (Eds.) Towards a Psychoanalytic Social
(2002a) Psychology. London and Philadelphia:
Whurr
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 182

182

Hinshelwood, R.D. Introduction to the Span of the British


Chiesa, M. (2002b) Tradition [in Hinshelwood, R.D.,
Chioesa, M. (2002a): 145-157]
Hinshelwood, R.D. Group Mentality and ‘Having a Mind’
(2003) [in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003a):
181-197]
Hoggett, P. (1998) The Internal Establishment [in Bion
Talamo (1998): 9-24]
Hopper, E. (1985) The Problems of Context in
Group-Analytic Psychotherapy: a
Clinical Illustration and a Brief
Theoretical Discussion [in Pines, M.
(1985): 330-353]
Hopper, E. (2003) Incohesion: Aggregation/Massification
[in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003a):
198-225]
Horwitz, L. (1985) Projective Identification in Dyads and
Groups [in Colman, A.D., Geller, M.H.
(Eds.) (1985): 21-36]
Hoxter, S. (2000) Experiences of Learning with Donald
Meltzer [in Cohen,
Hahn (2000): 12-26]
Isaacs-Elmhirst, S. Bion and Babies [in Grotstein (1981a):
(1981) 83-91] (also in Annual of Psychoanalysis
(1990) 8: 155-167)
Jackson, M. (2001) Weathering the Storms: Psychotherapy for
Psychosis. London: Karnac
Jacobus, M. (1999b) Psychoanalysis and the Scene of Reading.
Oxford: Oxford University Press
Jacobus, M. (2005) The Poetics of Psychoanalysis: in the Wake
of Klein. Oxford: Oxford
University Press
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 183

183

James, D.C. (1981) W.R. Bion’s Contribution to the Field of


Group Therapy: an Appreciation [in
Wolberg, L.R., Aronson, M.L. (1981):
28-40]
James, D.C. (1994) ‘Holding’ and ‘Containing’ in the
Group and Society [in Brown, D.G.,
Zinkin, L. (1994): 60-79)]
Jaques, E. (1981) The Aims of Psycho-Analytic Treatment
[in Grotstein 1981a: 417-425]
Johnson, S. (1999) Introduction [in Ruszczynski. S.,
Johnson, S. (1999): 1-8)]
Jones, D. (Ed.) (2004) Working with Dangerous People: the
Psychotherapy, of Violence. Abingdon:
Radcliffe Medical Press
Joseph, B. (1981) Toward the Experiencing of Psychic
Pain [in Grotstein 1981a: 93-102]
Kernberg, O. (2002) The Couch at Sea [in Hinshelwood,
R.D., Chiesa, M.
(2002a): 65-75]
Khaleelee, O., Beyond the Small Group: Society as an
Miller, E. (1985) Intelligible Field of Study [in Pines
1985: 345-385]
King, P. (2001) A Festschrift (see Steiner, R., Johns, J.,
2001)
King, P. (Compiler/ No Ordinary Psychoanalyst: the
Ed) (2003) Exceptional Contributions of John
Rickman (especially Chapter 12)
London: Karnac
Kirsner, D. (2000) Unfree Associations: Inside Psychoanalytic
Institutes. London: Process Press
Klein, S. (1981) Autistic Phenomena in Autistic Patients
[in Grotstein 1981a: 103-113]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 184

184

König, K. (1985) Basic Assumption Groups and Working


Groups Revisited [in Pines 1985:
151-156]
Kurth, F. (1981) Using Bion’s Grid as a Laboratory
Instrument: a Demonstration [in
Grotstein 1981a: 115-137]
Kutash, I.L., The Group Therapist’s Handbook:
Wolf, A. (Eds.) Contemporary Theory and Technique.
(1990) New York: Columbia
University Press
Lachkan, J. (2004) The Narcissistic/Borderline Couple: New
Approaches to Marital Therapy. New York
and Hove: Routledge
Langs, R. (1978) The Listening Process. Northvale, NJ:
Aronson. (revised edition, 1992)
Langs, R. (1978/9) Some Communicative Properties of the
Bipersonal Field [in International Journal
of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
7: 87-135 New York: Aronson also in
Grotstein 1981a: 441-487]
Lansky, M.R. (1981) Philosophical Issues in Bion’s Thought
[in Grotstein 1981a: 427-439]
Lawrence, W.G. Exploring Individual and Organistionsl
(Ed.). (1979) Boundaries: Tavistock Open Systems
Approach. Chichester: Wiley. (reprinted
London: Karnac, 1993)
Lawrence, W.G. Beyond the Frames [in Pines1985:
(1985) 306-329 and in Lawrence
2000: 120-145]
Lawrence, W.G., Destructiveness and Creativity in
Armstrong, D. Organizational Life: Experiencing the
(1998a) Psychotic Edge [in Bion Talamo
1998: 53-68]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 185

185

Lawrence, W.G. Social Dreaming @ Work. London:


(Ed.) (1998b) Karnac
Lawrence, W.G. Tongued with Fire: Groups in Experience.
(2000) London: Karnac
Lawrence, W.G. Narcissism vs. Social-ism Governing
(2003b) Thinking in Social Systems [in Lipgar,
R.M., Pines, M. (2003b): 204-222]
Lawrence, W.G. Experiences in Social Dreaming. London:
(Ed.) (2003c) Karnac
Lawrence, W.G. The Social Dreaming Phenomena.
(2003d) [in Lawrence, W.G. (2003c): 1-14]
Lawrence, W.G. Introduction to Social Dreaming:
(2006) Transforming Thinking. London: Karnac
Lewin, V. (2006) The Idealization of the Twin
Relationship [in Coles, P. (2006). Sibling
Relationships. London: Karnac: 175-198]
Lipgar, R.M. (1993) Bion’s Work with Groups: Construed
and Misconstrued [in Cytrynbaum, S.,
Lee, S.A. (Eds.). Transformations in Global
and Organizational Systems: 98-103
Jupiter, FL. A.K. Rice Institute)]
Lipgar, R.M. (1998) Beyond Bion’s Experience in Groups:
Group Relations Research and Learning
[in Bion Talamo (1998a): 25-38]
Lipgar, R.M., Building on Bion: Roots—Origins and
Pines, M. (2003a) Context of Bion’s Contribution to Theory
and Practice. London: Jessica Kingsley
Lipgar, R.M., Building on Bion: Branches
Pines, M. (2003b) Contemporary Developments and
Applications of Bion’s Contribution to
Theory and Practice. London: Jessica
Kingsley
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 186

186

Lipgar, R.M. Re-discovering Bion’s Experiences in


(2003c) Groups: Notes and Commentary on
Theory and Practice [in Lipgar, R.M.,
Pines, M. (2003a): 29-58]
Lipgar, R.M. Experiences in Large Groups: Bion’s
(2003d) Influence [in Schneider, S., Weinberg, H.
(Eds.) (1993): 98-111]
Lipgar, R.M., Integrating Research with Group
Bair, J.P., Relations Conferences: Challenges,
Fichtner, C. (2004) Insights and Implications
[in Cytrynbaum, S., Noumair, D.P.
(2004): 417-442]
Long, S. (1992b) A Structural Analysis of Small Groups.
London: Routledge
Lopez-Corvo, R.E. The Dictionary of the Work of W.R. Bion.
(2003) London: Karnac First published as
Diccionario de la Obra de Wilfred R. Bion.
Madrid: Editorial Biblioteca
Nueva 2002
Luzuriaga, I. (2000) Thinking Aloud about Technique
[in Bion Talamo 2000:
145-154]
Lyth, I. Menzies Bion’s Contribution to Thinking about
(1980) Groups (read at Memorial Service for
Bion) [reprinted in Grotstein 1981a:
661-666 and in Lyth, I. Menzies (1989b)
19-25]
Lyth, I. Menzies Containing Anxiety in Institutions:
(1989a) Selected Essays, vol. 1. London: Free
Association Books.
Lyth, I. Menzies The Dynamics of the Social: Selected
(1989b) Essays, vol. 2. London:
Free Association Books.
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 187

187

McCaig, J.M. (1997) The Use of Infant Observation Training


in the Treatment of a Clinical Neonate
[in Alhanati, Kostoulas
(1997): 53-81]
Mancia, M. (1996) From Œdipus to Dream. London: Karnac
Books
Mason, A.A. The Suffocating Super-Ego: Psychotic
(1981a) Break and Claustrophobia [in Grotstein
1981a: 139-166]
Mason, A.A. (1981b) Notes on Wilfred Bion
[in Wolberg, L.R., Aronson, M.L.
(1981): 9-16]
Meltzer, D. (1978a) The Kleinian Development. 3 vols.
Strathclyde: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1978b) The Clinical Significance of Wilfred Bion.
(The Kleinian Development, vol. 3)
Strathclyde: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1981a) A Note on Bion’s Concept ‘Reversal of
Alpha Function’ [in Grotstein 1981a:
529-535] (also in Meltzer, D. (1978a):
391-396]
Meltzer, D. (1984) Dream Life: a Re-examination of the
Psychoanalytical Theory and Technique.
Strathclyde: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. et al Studies, in Extended Metapsychology:
(1986) Clinical Applications of Bion’s Ideas.
Strathclyde: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D., The Apprehension of Beauty: the Role of
Harris, M.H. (1988) Æsthetic Conflict in Development, Art and
Violence. Strathclyde: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1992) The Claustrum: an Investigation of
Claustrophobic Phenomena.
Strathclyde: Clunie Press
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 188

188

Meltzer, D. (1994) Sincerity and Other Works: the Collected


Papers. (Ed. by A. Hahn) London:
Karnac Books
Meltzer, D. (2000) A Review of my Writings [in Cohen,
Hahn (2000): 1-11]
Mendoza, S. (2004) The Emerging Dimension of Knowing
in Psychoanalysis [in Bishop, B. et al
(Eds.) (2004): 35-50]
Meotti, A. (2000) A Dreamlike Vision [in Bion Talamo
2000a: 155-163]
Miller, E. (1998a) Are Basic Assumptions Instinctive?
[in Bion Talamo (Ed.) 39-52]
Mitrani, J. (2001b) Ordinary People and Extra-ordinary
Protections: a Post-Kleinian Approach
to the Treatment Of Primitive
Mental States. Hove and New York:
Brunner-Routledge
Momigliano, L.N., Shared Experience:
the Psychoanalytic
Robutti, A. (Eds.) Dialogue. London: Karnac
(1992a)
Momigliani, L.N. Two People Talking in a Room:
(1992b) an Investigation on the Analytic
Dialogue [in Momigliani, L.N.,
Robutti, A. (Eds.) (1992a): 5-20]
Morgan, H., A Psychodynamic Perspective on Group
Thomas, K. (1996) Practices [in Wetherell, M. Groups and
Social Issues: 65-118 Milton Keynes:
Open University Press]
Morgan, M. (1995) The Projective Gridlock: a Form of
Projective Identification in Couple
Relationships [in Ruszczynski, S.,
Fisher, J. (1005a): 33-48]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 189

189

Morgan-Jones, R. Supervision in a Forensic Unit: how


(2006a) Recycled Trauma Shapes the Container
in Team Supervision [in Difference: an
Avoided Topic in Practice. Foster, A. (et al)
(Eds.) London. Karnac: 129-148
Nebbiosi, G., The Theoretical and Clinical
Petrini, R. (2000) Significance of the Concept of
“Common Sense” in Bion’s Work
[in Bion Talamo 2000: 164-177]
Nemas, C. (2000) Development is Beauty, Growth is
Ethics [in Cohen, Hahn (2000): 27-42]
Neri, C. (1998) Group. London: Jesssica Kingsley
Neri, C., Pines, M., Dreams in Group Psychotherapy. London:
Friedman, R. (Eds.) Jessica Kingsley
(2002)
Neri, C. (2003) Anthropological Psychoanalysis: Bion’s
Journeying in Italy [in Lipgar, R.M.,
Pines, M. 2003a: 132-150]
Newirth, J. (2003) Between Emotion and Cognition: the
Generative Unconscious. New York: Other
Press
Newton, J., Long, S., Coaching in Depth: the Organizational
Stevens, B. (Eds.) Role Analysis Approach. London: Karnac
(2006)
Nitsun, M. (1994) The Primal Scene in Group Analysis
[in Brown, D.G., Zinkin, L. (1994):
129-145]
Nitsun, M. (1996) The Anti-Group: Destructive Forces in the
Group and their Creative Potential.
London: Routledge
Obholzer, A. (1999) Managing the Unconscious at Work [in
French, R., Vince, R. (Eds.)
(1999): 87-97]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 190

190

O’Shaughnessy, E. W.R. Bion’s Theory of Thinking and


(1988) New Techniques in Child Analysis
[in Spillius, (1988)
vol. 2: 177-190]
O’Shaughnessy, E. Psychosis: Not Thinking in a Bizarre
(1992) World [in Anderson
(1992): 89-101]
Palmer, B. (1985) Ambiguity and Paradox in Group
Relations Conferences. [in Pines 1985:
274-305]
Palmer, B. (1999) Grouping [in French, R., Vince, R.
(Eds.) (1999): 23-39]
Palmer, B. (2002) The Tavistock Paradigm: Inside,
Outside and Beyond [in Hinshelwood,
R.D., Chiesa, M. (2002a): 158-182]
Parker, I. (1997b) Psychoanalytic Culture: Psychoanalytic
Discourse in Western Society.
London: Sage Publications
Parsons, Michael The Dove that Returns, the Dove that
(2000) Vanishes: Paradox and Creativity in
Psychoanalysis. London: Routledge
Paul, M. (1981) A Mental Atlas of the Process of
Psychological Birth [in Grotstein
1981a: 551-570]
Paul, M. (1997) Before we were Young: an Exploration of
Primordial States of Mind. Binghampton,
NY: E.S.F.
Philips, F. (1981) A Personal Reminiscence: Bion, Evidence
of the Man [in Grotstein
1981a: 37-41]
Pines, M. (1983b) The Evolution of Group Analysis. London:
Routledge (reprinted London:
Jessica Kingsley, 2000)
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 191

191

Pines, M. (Ed.) Bion and Group Psychotherapy. London:


(1985) Routledge (reprinted London: Jessica
Kingsley, 2000)
Pines, M., Group Analysis [in Kutash, I.L., Wolf,
Marrone, M. (1990) A. (Eds.) (1990): 61-77]
Pines, M. (1994) The Group-as-a-Whole [in Brown, D.G.,
Zinkin, L. (1994): 47-59]
Pines, M. (2002) The Illumination of Dreams [in Neri, C.,
Pines, M., Friedman, R. (2002):
25-36]
Pines, M. (2003a) Bion and Foulkes on Empathy [in
Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M.
(2003a): 254-262]
Pines, M. (2003b) Large Groups and Culture
[in Schneider, S., Weinberg, H. (2003):
98-111]
Pontes, M. de The Fundamental Role of the Grid
Ferreira, R.B. (2000) in Bion’s Work [in Bion Talamo
2000: 178-199]
Psychoanalytic A Learning Experience in
Group Of Psychoanalysis [in Cohen, Hahn
Barcelona (2000) (2000): 203-214]
Resnik, S. (1985) The Space of Madness [in Pines
1985: 220-246]
Resnik, S. (1994) Glacial Times in Psychotic Regression
[in Schermer, V.L., Pines, M. (Eds.)
(1994): 275-307]
Resnik, S. (1997) The Theatre of the Dream.
London: Routledge
Resnik, S. (2005) Glacial Times: a Journey through
the World of Madness. London:
Routledge
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 192

192

Rhode, E. (1994) Psychotic Metaphysics. London: Karnac


Rhode, E. (1998) On Hallucination Intuition and the
Becoming of “O”. New York: E.S.F.
Publishing
Richards, J. (1999) The Concept of Internal Cohabitation
[in Johnson, Ruszczynski Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy in the Independent
Tradition: 27-52. London, Karnac]
Riesenberg- On Bearing Unbearable States of Mind
Malcolm, R, (1999) (especially chapter 8). London:
Routledge
Riesenberg- Bion’s Theory of Containment
Malcolm, R. [in Bronstein, C. (Ed.) (2001): 165-180]
(2001)
Rioch, M.J. (1981) The Influence of Wilfred Bion and the
A.K. Rice Group Relations Conferences
[in Grotstein 1981a: 667-693]
Rosenbaum, Group-as-Mother: a Dark Continent in
S.C. (2004) Group Relations Theory and Practice
[in Cytynbaum, S., Noumair, D.A.
(2004): 57-80]
Rosenfeld, H. (1981) On the Psychology and Treatment of
Psychotic Patients (Historical and
Comparative Reflections) [in Grotstein
1981a: 167-179]
Rosenthal, R.J. Raskolnikov’s Transgression and the
(1981) Confusion between Destructiveness and
Creativity [in Grotstein 1981a: 197-235]
Roth, J.D. (2003) Alcoholics Anonymous as Medical
Treatment for Alcoholism:
A Group-analytic Perspective on How it
Works [in Lipgar, R.M. & Pines, M.
2003b: 145-163]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 193

193

Ruszczynski, S., Intrusiveness and Intimacy in the Couple.


Fisher, J. (Eds.) London: Karnac
(1995a)
Ruszczynski, S. Narcissistic Object Relating
(1995b) [in Ruszczynaki, S., Fisher, J. (1995a):
13-32]
Ruszczynski, S., Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, in the
Johnson, S. (Eds.) Kleinian Tradition. London:
(1999a) Karnac
Ruszczynski, S. Tolerating Emotional Knowledge
(1999b) [in Ruszczynski. S., Johnson, S. (1999a):
93-116]
Sacret, J. (1999) Interrelationships Between Internal and
External Factors in Early Development:
Current Kleinian Thinking and
Implications for Technique
[in Ruszczynski. S., Johnson, S.
(1999a): 55-74]
Sanders, K. (2001) Post-Kleinian Psychoanalysis: the Biella
Seminars. London: Karnac
Sandler, P.C. (2000) What is Thinking—an Attempt at an
Integrated Study of W.R. Bion’s
Contributions to the Process of
Knowing [in Bion Talamo 2000a:
200-219]
Sandler, P.C. (2003) Bion’s War Memoirs: A
Psychoanalytical Commentary [in
Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. 2003a: 59-84]
Sandler, P.C. (2005) The Language of Bion: A Dictionary of
Concepts. London: Karnac
Sanfuentes, M. ‘Group Dynamics—A Re-view’.
(2003) [in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. 2003a:
118-131]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 194

194

Sarno, L. (2001) Winnicott and Bion: some Uncanny


Affinities [in Bertolini, M. et al (Eds.)
Squiggles and Spaces. 2 vols.
vol. 2: 204-220. London and
Philadelphia, PA: Whurr (2001)]
Sayers, J. (2000) Kleinians: Psychoanalysis, Inside Out
(especially chapter 6—Wilfred Bion:
Group and Individual Analysis)
Cambridge: Polity Press
Sayers, J. (2003) Divine Therapy: Love, Mysticism and
Psychoanalysis. Oxford: Oxford
University Press
Schermer, V.L. Beyond Bion: the Basic Assumption
(1985) States Revisited [in Pines 1985: 139-150]
Schermer, V.L., Ring of Fire: Primitive Affects and Object
Pines, M. (Eds.) Relations in Group Psychotherapy.
(1994a) London and New York: Routledge
Schermer, V.L. Between Theory and Practice, Light and
(1994b) Heat: on the Use of Theory in the ‘Ring
of Fire’ [in Schermer, V.L., Pines (Eds.)
(1994a): 9-35]
Schermer, V.L., Group Psychotherapy, of the Psychoses:
Pines, M. (Eds.) Concepts Interventions and Contexts.
(1999) London: Jessica Kingsley
Schermer, V.L. Building on ‘O’—Bion and
(2003a) Epistemology [in Lipgar, R.M., Pines,
M. 2003a: 226-253]
Schermer, V.L. Spirit and Psyche: a New Paradigm for
(2003c) Psychology Psychoanalysis and
Psychotherapy. London: Jessica Kingsley
Schneider, S., The Large Group Revisited: The Herd,
Weinberg, H. Primal Horde, Crowds and Masses.
(Eds.) (2003) London: Jessica Kingsley
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 195

195

Scott, W.C.M. (1981) The Development of the Analysands’


and Analysts’ Enthusiasm for the
Process of Psychoanalysis [in Grotstein
1981a: 571-577]
Segal, H. (1981b) The Function of Dreams [in Grotstein
1981a: 579-587]
Seinfeld, J. (1988) The Dialectic between W.R.D. Fairbairn
and Wilfred Bion [in Skolnick, N.J.,
Scharff, D.E. (Eds.). Fairbairn, Then and
Now. 99-111 Hillside, NJ: Analytic Press]
Shapiro, L. (1985) Family Dynamics and Object-Relations
Theory: an Analytic
Group-Interpretative Approach to
Family Therapy [in Colman, A.D.,
Geller, M.H. (Eds.) (1985): 217-230]
Sher, M. (2003) From Groups to Group Relations: Bion’s
Contribution to the Tavistock ‘Leicester’
Conferences [in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M.
2003b: 109-144]
Silver, A.S. (1981) A Psychosemiotic Model:
an Inter-disciplinary Search for a
Common Structural Basis for
Psychoanalysis, Symbol-formation and
the Semiotic of Charles S. Pierce
[in Grotstein 1981a: 269-315]
Silverstone, J. (2002) An Absence of Mind [in Bishop, B. et al
(Eds.). Ideas in Practice.
London: Karnac, 87-102
Skelton, R.M. (1999) ‘Possible Worlds’: Matte Blanco and
Bion on the Death Drive [in Weatherill,
R. (Ed.). The Death Drive: New Life for a
Dead Subject?, 149-173. Encyclopædia of
Psychoanalysis, vol. 3. London: Rebus Press
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 196

196

Skolnick, M.R. Intensive Group and Social Systems


(1994) Treatment of Psychotic and Borderline
Patients [in Schermer, V.L., Pines, M.
(Eds.) (1994): 240-274]
Skolnick, M.R. Schizophrenia from a Group
(1998) Perspective [in Bion Talamo 1998]
Skolnick, M., The Denigrated Other: Diversity and
Green, Z. (2004) Group Relations [in Cytynbaum, S.,
Noumair, D.A. (2004): 117-130]
Southgate, J. (2002) A Theoretical Framework for
Understanding Multiplicity [in Sinason,
V. (Ed.). Attachment, Trauma And
Multiplicity: Working with Dissociative
Personality Disorder: 86-106. London:
Psychology Press]
Spensley, S. (1995) Francis Tustin (Makers of Modern
Psychotherapy).
London: Routledge
Spillius, E. Bott Melanie Klein Today—2 vols. London and
(Ed.) (1988) New York: Routledge
Spillius, E. Bott Clinical Experience of Projective
(1992) Identification [in Anderson 1992:
59-73]
Stein, R. (1991) Psychoanalytic Theories of Affect.
Westport, CT: Praeger [new (Ed.) 1999.
London: Karnac]
Steiner, J. (1991a) Psychic Retreats: Pathologic Organisation
in Psychotic, Neurotic and Borderline
Patients. London: Routledge
Steiner, R., Johns, J. Within Time and Beyond Time:
(Eds.) (2001) a Festschrift for Pearl King. London:
Karnac
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 197

197

Stock, D., Emotional Dynamics and Group Culture:


Thelen, H.A. (1958) Experimental Studies of Individual and
Group Behavior. Oxford: New York
University Press
Stokes, J. (1994) Contributions from the Work of Bion [in
Obholzer, A., Roberts, V. (Eds.).
The Unconscious at Work: Individual
and Organisational Stress in the Human
Services. London: Routledge: 19-27]
Sutherland, J.D. Bion Revisited: Group Dynamics and
(1985) Group Psychotherapy [in Pines 1985:
47-86 also in The Social Engagement of
Social Science, vol. 1 The Socio-psychologi-
cal Perspective (1990) London: Free
Association Books 119-140]
Symington, J. (Ed.) Imprisoned Pain and its Transformation:
(2000) a Festschrift for H. Sydney Klein.
London: Karnac
Symington, J. & N. The Clinical Thinking of Wilfred Bion.
(1996) London and New York: Routledge
Symington, N. The Analytic Experience: Lectures from the
(1986) Tavistock. London: Free Association Books
Symington, N. The Making of A Psychotherapist.
(1996b) London: Karnac
Symington, N. The Spirit of Sanity.
(2001) London: Karnac
Symington, N. A Pattern of Madness.
(2002) London: Karnac Books
Thelen, H.A. (1985) Research with Bion’s Concepts
[in Pines 1985: 114-138]
Torres, N. (2003) Gregariousness and the Mind: Wilfred
Trotter and Wilfred Bion [in Lipgar,
R.M., Pines, M. 2003a: 85-117]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 198

198

Trist, E. (1985) Working with Bion in the 1940s: the


Group Decade [in Pines 1985: 1-46]
Tustin, F. (1981a) Psychological Birth and Psychological
Catastrophe [in Grotstein 1981a: 181-196]
Tuttman, S. (1990) Group Dynamic Treatment [in Kutash,
I.L., Wolf, A. (Eds.) (1990) 150-174]
Vansina-Cobbaert, A Therapeutic Community: a Space for
M.J. (2005) Multiple Transitional Change [in
Amado, Vansina (2005)]
Waddell, M. (1998) Inside Lives: Psychoanalysis, and the
Development of the Personality.
London: Duckworth 2nd edition (2002)
London: Karnac
Weber, R. (2005) Unraveling Projective Identification and
Enactment [in Motherwell, L., Shay, J.J.
(Eds.) (1994). Complex Dilemmas in Group
Therapy: Pathways to Resolution. New
York and Hove: Brunner-Routledge:
75-86]
Wheelan, S. (1990) Facilitating Training Groups: a Group to
Leadership and Verbal Intervention Skills.
Westport CT: Praeger
White, J. (2002) On ‘Learning’ and ‘Learning About’:
W.R. Bion’s Theory of Thinking and
Educational Praxis [in Barford, D.
(Ed.). The Ship of Thought: Essays on
Psychoanalysis and Learning
Encyclopædia of Psychoanalysis, vol. 4.
London: Karnac, 84-105]
Wilde, D. (2003) Phobias and Primitive Psychotic
Anxieties [in Morgan, S. (Ed.)
Phobia: a Re-assessment Encyclopædia of
Psychoanalysis, vol. 6.
London: Karnac, 133-156]
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 199

199

Wilke, G. (2003) The Large Group and its Conductor


[in Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M.
(2003b): 70-105]
Williams, A.H. Cruelty, Violence and Murder:
(1998) Understanding the Criminal Mind.
London: Karnac
Williams, A.H. Container and Contained: the School
(2002) of Bion [in Weegman and Cohen The
Psychodynamics Of Addiction: 3-12.
Philadelphia: Whurr 2002]
Williams, G.P. Internal Landscapes and Foreign Bodies:
(1997a) Eating Disorders and other Pathologies.
London: Routledge
Williams, M. Harris, The Chamber of Modern Thought: Literary,
Waddell, M. (1991) Origins of the Psychoanalytic Model of the
Mind (especially Parallel Directions in
Psychoanalysis: 170-192). London and
New York: Tavistock/Routledge
Williams, M. Harris The Vale of Soulmaking: The Post-Kleinian
(2005) Model of the Mind and its Poetic Origins.
London: Karnac
Wisdom, J.O. (1981) Metapsychology after Forty Years
[in Grotstein 1981a: 601-624]
Wolberg, L.R., Group and Family Therapy IX. New York:
Aronson, M.L. Brunner-Mazel.
(1981)
Wolfenstein, E.V. Inside/Outside Nietzsche: Psychoanalytic
(2000) Explorations. Ithaca NY: Cornell
University Press
Young, R.M. (1984) Mental Space. London:
Process Press
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 200

200

Reviews

Bion Titles

Experiences in Groups
Stein, A. (1964) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 33: 441-442
Wilkinson, A. (1962) Journal of Analytical Psychology, 7: 77-78
Zander, A. (1962) Through Therapy Together
Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 7: 350-351

Learning from Experience


Guntrip, H. (1965) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
46: 381-385
Lambert, K. (1963) Journal of Analytical Psychology,
8: 192-193

Elements of Psychoanalysis
Lambert, K. (1964) Journal of Analytical Psychology,
9: 189-191
Miller, D.R. (1965) A New Sticky Road. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 10: 398-400
Money-Kyrle, R. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
(1965a) 46: 385-388
Silverman, D. (1965) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 34: 281-282

Second Thoughts
Plaut, A. (1968) Journal of Analytical Psychology,
13: 166-169
Zetzel, E.R. (1973) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 39: 475-477

Attention and Interpretation


Green, A. (1973) On Negative Capability. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
54: 115-119
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 201

201

Lichtenberg, P. Reaching to Another’s Experience.


(1971) Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 16: 735-736
Plaut A. (1972) Journal of Analytical Psychology,
17: 214-216

Brazilian Lectures
Hinshelwood, R.D. Brazilian Lectures: 1973 San Paulo, 1974
(1992) Rio de Janeiro/Sao Paulo. International
Review of Psychoanalysis, 19: 123-126
Mann, D. (1991) Brazilian Lectures 1. British Journal of
Psychotherapy, 8: 117-118
Silver, A.S. (1991) Brazilian Lectures 1. Journal of Melanie
Klein Society and Object Relations, 9: 77-80
Thorner, H.A. (1975) Brazilian Lectures 1. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis,
56: 488-489

The Long Weekend


Gosling, R.H. (1986) Tavistock Gazette, 10: 18-19
Grosskurth, P. (1988) British Journal of Psychotherapy,
4: 185-186
Johnson, S. (1988) Australian Journal of Psychotherapy,
7: 135-137
Maratos, J. (1987) Group Analysis, 20: 281-282
Sandler, P.C. (1987) International Review of Psychoanalysis,
14: 273-277
Waddell, M. (1994) Free Associations—Pilot Issue: 72-84

Cogitations
Green, A. (1992) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
73: 585-589
Lafarge, L. (1995) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 43: 610-614
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 202

202

Maizels, N. (1993) Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object


Relations, 11: 83-105
Plaut, A. (1994) Journal of Analytical Psychology,
39: 253-262
Rhode, E. (1993) British Journal of Psychotherapy,
9: 503-504

Taming Wild Thoughts


Britton, R. (1998a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
79: 817-819
Gold, S. (1998) Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 16: 619-630
Gooch, J. (1999) Journal of Analytical Psychology,
44: 150-151
Hamer, N. (1998) Therapeutic Communities,
19: 260-263

Taming Wild Thoughts and War Memories 1917-1919


Stramer, R. (1999) Journal of the British Association of
Psychotherapy, 36: 93-98

War Memoirs 1917-1919


Grotstein, J.S. Journal of Analytical Psychology,
(1998b) 43: 610-613
Kantor, A. (1998) Journal of Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 16: 615-618
Leigh, R. (1999) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
80: 410-412
Lyth, I. Menzies Psychodynamic Counselling, 4: 533-536
(1998)
Orford, F. (1999) British Journal of Psychotherapy,
16: 98-100
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 203

203

Pines, M. (1998) Group Analysis, 31: 124

The Italian Seminars


Lefer, J. (2006) Journal of the American Academy of
Psychoanalysis, 34: 735-737

The Tavistock Seminars and the Italian Seminars


Ferro, A. (2007) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
88: 551-555

Books on Bion

Anderson, R. (Ed.) (1992) Clinical Lectures


on Klein and Bion
Levine, H.B. (1999) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 62: 651-653
Taylor, D. (1994) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
75: 627-632

Bléandonu, G. (1994) Wilfred R. Bion: his Life and Works


1897-1979
Blomfield, O.H.D. Australian Journal of Psychotherapy,
(2000) 19: 96-112
Caper, R. (1995) Psychoanalytic Books, 6: 495-504
[reprinted in Alhanati, S., Kostoulas, K.
(1997): 251-260]
Crockatt, P. (1995) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 309
Esman, H. (1995) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 428-429
Gooch, J.A. (1998) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 67: 172-174
Hedges, L.E. (2002) Psychoanalytic Review, 89: 441-455
Kirkwood, R. (1996) Journal of Analytical Psychology,
41: 454-456
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 204

204

Lindell, J. (2001) The Visitor. International Forum of


Psychoanalysis, 10: 77-80
O’Shaughnessy, E. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
(1995) 76: 857-859
Schermer, V.L. Journal of Psychotherapy Research,
(1996) 5: 85-86
Stramer, R. (1996) Journal of the British Association of
Psychotherapy, 31: 93-100
Symington, N. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
(1996a) Association, 44: 619-623 and in Australian
Journal of Psychotherapy,
19 (2000)

Green, A. (1999) The Work of the Negative


Ferro, A., International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
Slotkin, P. (2002e) 83: 974-981

Grinberg, L. (1992) Guilt and Depression


Britton, R. (1994a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
75: 621-623

Grinberg et al (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion


Money-Kyrle, R. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
(1976) 57: 500-502
Richards, A. (1980) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 28: 221-242

Grotstein, J. (Ed.) (1981a) Do I dare Disturb the Universe:


a Memorial to Wilfred R. Bion
Meissner, W.W. (1985) Psychoanalytic Psychology,
2: 279-282
Steiner, J. (1982) International Review of Psychoanalysis,
9: 492
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 205

205

Harrison, T. (2000) Bion, Rickman, Foulkes and the


Northfield Experiments: Advancing on a Different Front
Hopton, J. (2001) Therapeutic Communities, 22: 255
Hyde, K. (2001) Psychodynamic Counselling,
7: 377-380
Jones, E. (2001) Psychological Medicine, 31: 564
King, P. (2002) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
16: 90-96
Lawrence, W.G. Organisational and Social Dynamics,
(2002) 2: 145-148
Parker, M. (2000) Prison Service Journal, 132: 86-87

Lipgar, R.M., Pines, M. (2003a) Building on Bion: Roots


& (2003b) Building on Bion: Branches
Billow, R.M. (2005) International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 55: 613- 622
Charles, M. (2005) ‘The Importance of Bion’. American
Journal of Psychoanalysis,
65: 301-313
Glouberman, S. Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis,
(2005) 13: 131-134
Sayers, J. (2004b) Group Analysis, 37: 568-569

López-Corvo, R.E. (2003) The Dictionary of the Work of


W.R. Bion
Symington, N. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
(2004) 85: 1044-1048

Meltzer, D. (1978a) The Kleinian Development


Skolnikoff, A.Z. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
(1982) Association, 30: 305-338
KNC-BIONSLE-0803-003.qxp 8/14/08 4:38 PM Page 206

206

Meltzer, D. (1992) The Claustrum: An Investigation of


Claustrophobic Phenomena
Richards, V. (1993) British Journal of Psychotherapy,
10: 279-282

Meltzer, D. (1994) Sincerity and Other Works:


The Collected Dapers
Eigen, M. (1998b) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 46: 925-932
Rhode, E. (1995) British Journal of Psychotherapy,
11: 622-624

Pines, M. (Ed.) (1985) Bion and Group Psychotherapy


Bernard, H.S. (1986) Bion: a Retrospective Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 31: 691-692
Gold, S. (1985) Group Analysis, 18: 289-290
Kreeger, L. (1986) International Review of Psychoanalysis,
13: 111-113
Power, K. (1992) British Journal of Psychotherapy,
9: 242-243
Shapiro, R. (1991) Journal of Analytical Psychology, 26
Stone, W.N. (1993) Group Analysis, 37: 120-121

Sandler, P.C. (2005) The Language of Bion: A Dictionary


of Concepts
Mendoza, S, (2007) British Journal of Psychotherapy,
23: 295-303

Sayers, J. (2000) Kleinians: Psychoanalysis Inside Out


Gooch, J.A. (2002) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 50: 1033-1034

S-ar putea să vă placă și